Adding upstream version 1:7.0.4.upstream/1%7.0.4upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

51 files changed, 8054 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/include/tools/GenericTypeSerializer.hxx b/include/tools/GenericTypeSerializer.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb54e693c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/GenericTypeSerializer.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_GENERICTYPESERIALIZER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_GENERICTYPESERIALIZER_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/color.hxx>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+namespace tools
+{
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC GenericTypeSerializer
+{
+public:
+    SvStream& mrStream;
+
+    GenericTypeSerializer(SvStream& rStream)
+        : mrStream(rStream)
+    {
+    }
+
+    void readColor(Color& rColor);
+    void writeColor(const Color& rColor);
+
+    void readPoint(Point& rPoint);
+    void writePoint(const Point& rPoint);
+
+    void readSize(Size& rSize);
+    void writeSize(const Size& rSize);
+
+    void readRectangle(Rectangle& rRectangle);
+    void writeRectangle(const Rectangle& rRectangle);
+};
+
+} // end namespace tools
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_GENERICTYPESERIALIZER_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/UnitConversion.hxx b/include/tools/UnitConversion.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e59077d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/UnitConversion.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+constexpr sal_Int64 convertTwipToMm100(sal_Int64 n)
+{
+    return (n >= 0) ? (n * 127 + 36) / 72 : (n * 127 - 36) / 72;
+}
+
+constexpr sal_Int64 convertPointToMm100(sal_Int64 n) { return convertTwipToMm100(n * 20); }
+
+constexpr sal_Int64 convertMm100ToTwip(sal_Int64 n)
+{
+    return (n >= 0) ? (n * 72 + 63) / 127 : (n * 72 - 63) / 127;
+}
+
+// Convert PPT's "master unit" (1/576 inch) to twips
+constexpr sal_Int64 convertMasterUnitToTwip(sal_Int64 n) { return n * 2540.0 / 576.0; }
+
+// Convert twips to PPT's "master unit"
+constexpr sal_Int64 convertTwipToMasterUnit(sal_Int64 n) { return n / (2540.0 / 576.0); }
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/XmlWalker.hxx b/include/tools/XmlWalker.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..204d71b5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/XmlWalker.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWALKER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWALKER_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/string.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+namespace tools
+{
+struct XmlWalkerImpl;
+
+/**
+ * XmlWalker main purpose is to make it easier for walking the
+ * parsed XML DOM tree.
+ *
+ * It hides all the libxml2 and C -isms and makes the usage more
+ * comfortable from LO developer point of view.
+ *
+ */
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC XmlWalker final
+{
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<XmlWalkerImpl> mpImpl;
+
+public:
+    XmlWalker();
+
+    ~XmlWalker();
+
+    bool open(SvStream* pStream);
+
+    OString name();
+
+    OString content();
+    void children();
+    void parent();
+    void next();
+    bool isValid() const;
+    OString attribute(const OString& sName);
+};
+
+} // end tools namespace
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWRITER_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/XmlWriter.hxx b/include/tools/XmlWriter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7efe3a573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/XmlWriter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWRITER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWRITER_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+namespace tools
+{
+struct XmlWriterImpl;
+
+/**
+ * XmlWriter writes a XML to a SvStream. It uses libxml2 for writing but hides
+ * all the internal libxml2 workings and uses types that are native for LO
+ * development.
+ *
+ * The codepage used for XML is always "utf-8" and the output is indented by
+ * default so it is easier to read.
+ *
+ */
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC XmlWriter final
+{
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<XmlWriterImpl> mpImpl;
+
+public:
+    XmlWriter(SvStream* pStream);
+
+    ~XmlWriter();
+
+    bool startDocument(sal_Int32 nIndent = 2, bool bWriteXmlHeader = true);
+    void endDocument();
+
+    void startElement(const OString& sName);
+    void startElement(const OString& sPrefix, const OString& sName, const OString& sNamespaceUri);
+    void endElement();
+
+    void attribute(const OString& sTagName, const OString& aValue);
+    void attribute(const OString& sTagName, const OUString& aValue);
+    void attribute(const OString& sTagName, sal_Int32 aNumber);
+    void attributeDouble(const OString& sTagName, double aNumber);
+    void attributeBase64(const OString& sTagName, std::vector<sal_uInt8> const& rValueInBytes);
+    void attributeBase64(const OString& sTagName, std::vector<char> const& rValueInBytes);
+
+    void content(const OString& sValue);
+    void content(const OUString& sValue);
+
+    void element(const OString& sName);
+};
+
+} // end tools namespace
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_XMLWRITER_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/b3dtrans.hxx b/include/tools/b3dtrans.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0747cfca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/b3dtrans.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_B3DTRANS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_B3DTRANS_HXX
+
+#define ZBUFFER_DEPTH_RANGE         (double(256L * 256L * 256L))
+
+#include <config_options.h>
+#include <basegfx/matrix/b3dhommatrix.hxx>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/matrix/b2dhommatrix.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/point/b3dpoint.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/vector/b3dvector.hxx>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+/// Transformation sets for 3D output
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) B3dTransformationSet
+{
+private:
+    // Object Matrix Object -> World
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maObjectTrans;
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maInvObjectTrans;
+
+    // Orientation Matrix
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maOrientation;
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maInvOrientation;
+
+    // Projection Matrix
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maProjection;
+    basegfx::B3DHomMatrix maInvProjection;
+
+    // Texture Matrices
+    basegfx::B2DHomMatrix maTexture;
+
+    // Parameters for ViewportTransformation
+    basegfx::B3DVector    maScale;
+    basegfx::B3DVector    maTranslate;
+
+    // ViewPlane DeviceRectangle (user-defined)
+    double                mfLeftBound;
+    double                mfRightBound;
+    double                mfBottomBound;
+    double                mfTopBound;
+
+    // Aspect ratio of 3D transformation (Y / X)
+    // default: 1:1 -> 1.0
+    // Disable with value 0.0
+    double                mfRatio;
+
+    // Viewport area in logical coordinates
+    tools::Rectangle             maViewportRectangle;
+    // Visible area within viewport
+    tools::Rectangle             maVisibleRectangle;
+
+    // Actual coordinates as set by CalcViewport
+    // of visible viewport area (logical coordinates)
+    tools::Rectangle             maSetBound;
+
+    // Flags
+    bool mbPerspective              : 1;
+    bool mbProjectionValid          : 1;
+
+public:
+    B3dTransformationSet();
+    virtual ~B3dTransformationSet();
+
+    B3dTransformationSet(B3dTransformationSet const &) = default;
+    B3dTransformationSet(B3dTransformationSet &&) = default;
+    B3dTransformationSet & operator =(B3dTransformationSet const &) = default;
+    B3dTransformationSet & operator =(B3dTransformationSet &&) = default;
+
+    void Reset();
+
+    /** Set the orientation
+
+        @param vVRP the View Reference Point (VRP)
+        @param vVPN the View Plane Normal (VPN)
+        @param vVUP the View Up Plane (VUP)
+    */
+    void SetOrientation(
+        const basegfx::B3DPoint& rVRP = basegfx::B3DPoint(0.0,0.0,1.0),
+        const basegfx::B3DVector& rVPN = basegfx::B3DVector(0.0,0.0,1.0),
+        const basegfx::B3DVector& rVUP = basegfx::B3DVector(0.0,1.0,0.0));
+
+    // Projection
+    void SetProjection(const basegfx::B3DHomMatrix& mProject);
+    const basegfx::B3DHomMatrix& GetProjection();
+
+    // Texture
+
+    // aspect ratio accessors and the defined method of keeping defined aspect ratio
+    double GetRatio() const { return mfRatio; }
+    void SetRatio(double fNew);
+
+    // Parameters of ViewportTransformation
+    void SetDeviceRectangle(double fL=-1.0, double fR=1.0,
+                            double fB=-1.0, double fT=1.0);
+    double GetDeviceRectangleWidth() const { return mfRightBound - mfLeftBound; }
+
+    void SetPerspective(bool bNew);
+
+    void SetViewportRectangle(tools::Rectangle const & rRect, tools::Rectangle const & rVisible);
+    void SetViewportRectangle(tools::Rectangle const & rRect) { SetViewportRectangle(rRect, rRect); }
+
+    void CalcViewport();
+
+    // Direct accessors for miscellaneous transformations
+    basegfx::B3DPoint WorldToEyeCoor(const basegfx::B3DPoint& rVec);
+    basegfx::B3DPoint EyeToWorldCoor(const basegfx::B3DPoint& rVec);
+
+    static void Frustum(
+        basegfx::B3DHomMatrix& rTarget,
+        double fLeft = -1.0, double fRight = 1.0,
+        double fBottom = -1.0, double fTop = 1.0,
+        double fNear = 0.001, double fFar = 1.0);
+    static void Ortho(
+        basegfx::B3DHomMatrix& rTarget,
+        double fLeft = -1.0, double fRight = 1.0,
+        double fBottom = -1.0, double fTop = 1.0,
+        double fNear = 0.0, double fFar = 1.0);
+    static void Orientation(
+        basegfx::B3DHomMatrix& rTarget,
+        const basegfx::B3DPoint& aVRP = basegfx::B3DPoint(0.0,0.0,1.0),
+        basegfx::B3DVector aVPN = basegfx::B3DVector(0.0,0.0,1.0),
+        basegfx::B3DVector aVUP = basegfx::B3DVector(0.0,1.0,0.0));
+
+protected:
+    void PostSetObjectTrans();
+    void PostSetOrientation();
+    void PostSetProjection();
+
+    virtual void DeviceRectangleChange();
+};
+
+/** Viewport for B3D
+
+    Uses a simplified model, in which a point is described using a View
+    Reference Point (VRP).
+*/
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) B3dViewport : public B3dTransformationSet
+{
+private:
+    basegfx::B3DPoint           aVRP;   // View Reference Point
+    basegfx::B3DVector          aVPN;   // View Plane Normal
+    basegfx::B3DVector          aVUV;   // View Up Vector
+
+public:
+    B3dViewport();
+    virtual ~B3dViewport() override;
+
+    B3dViewport(B3dViewport const &) = default;
+    B3dViewport(B3dViewport &&) = default;
+    B3dViewport & operator =(B3dViewport const &) = default;
+    B3dViewport & operator =(B3dViewport &&) = default;
+
+    void SetVUV(const basegfx::B3DVector& rNewVUV);
+    void SetViewportValues(
+        const basegfx::B3DPoint& rNewVRP,
+        const basegfx::B3DVector& rNewVPN,
+        const basegfx::B3DVector& rNewVUV);
+
+    const basegfx::B3DPoint&    GetVRP() const  { return aVRP; }
+    const basegfx::B3DVector&   GetVPN() const  { return aVPN; }
+    const basegfx::B3DVector&   GetVUV() const  { return aVUV; }
+
+protected:
+    void CalcOrientation();
+};
+
+// B3D camera
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) B3dCamera final : public B3dViewport
+{
+public:
+    B3dCamera(
+        const basegfx::B3DPoint& rPos = basegfx::B3DPoint(0.0, 0.0, 1.0),
+        const basegfx::B3DVector& rLkAt = basegfx::B3DVector(0.0, 0.0, 0.0),
+        double fFocLen = 35.0, double fBnkAng = 0.0);
+    virtual ~B3dCamera() override;
+
+    B3dCamera(B3dCamera const &) = default;
+    B3dCamera(B3dCamera &&) = default;
+    B3dCamera & operator =(B3dCamera const &) = default;
+    B3dCamera & operator =(B3dCamera &&) = default;
+
+private:
+    void CalcNewViewportValues();
+    void CalcFocalLength();
+
+    virtual void DeviceRectangleChange() override;
+
+    basegfx::B3DPoint       aPosition;
+    basegfx::B3DVector  aLookAt;
+    double                  fFocalLength;
+    double                  fBankAngle;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/bigint.hxx b/include/tools/bigint.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66ce1dd3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/bigint.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_BIGINT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_BIGINT_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+#define MAX_DIGITS 8
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC BigInt
+{
+private:
+    sal_Int32       nVal;
+    sal_uInt16      nNum[MAX_DIGITS];
+    sal_uInt8       nLen        : 5;    // current length
+    bool            bIsNeg      : 1,    // Is Sign negative?
+                    bIsBig      : 1,    // sal_True == BigInt
+                    bIsSet      : 1;    // Not "Null" (not "not 0")
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void MakeBigInt(BigInt const &);
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void Normalize();
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void Mult(BigInt const &, sal_uInt16);
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void Div(sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16 &);
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE bool IsLess(BigInt const &) const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void AddLong(BigInt &, BigInt &);
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void SubLong(BigInt &, BigInt &);
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void MultLong(BigInt const &, BigInt &) const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void DivLong(BigInt const &, BigInt &) const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void ModLong(BigInt const &, BigInt &) const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE bool ABS_IsLess(BigInt const &) const;
+
+public:
+    BigInt()
+        : nVal(0)
+        , nLen(0)
+        , bIsNeg(false)
+        , bIsBig(false)
+        , bIsSet(false)
+    {
+    }
+
+    BigInt(sal_Int32 nValue)
+        : nVal(nValue)
+        , nLen(0)
+        , bIsNeg(false)
+        , bIsBig(false)
+        , bIsSet(true)
+    {
+    }
+
+#if SAL_TYPES_SIZEOFLONG == 4
+    BigInt(int nValue)
+        : nVal(nValue)
+        , nLen(0)
+        , bIsNeg(false)
+        , bIsBig(false)
+        , bIsSet(true)
+    {
+    }
+#endif
+
+    BigInt( double nVal );
+    BigInt( sal_uInt32 nVal );
+    BigInt( sal_Int64 nVal );
+    BigInt( const BigInt& rBigInt );
+    BigInt( const OUString& rString );
+
+    operator        sal_Int16() const;
+    operator        sal_uInt16() const;
+    operator        sal_Int32() const;
+    operator        sal_uInt32() const;
+    operator        double() const;
+#if SAL_TYPES_SIZEOFLONG == 8
+    operator        long() const;
+#endif
+
+    bool            IsSet() const { return bIsSet; }
+    bool            IsNeg() const;
+    bool            IsZero() const;
+    bool            IsLong() const { return !bIsBig; }
+
+    void            Abs();
+
+    BigInt&         operator  =( const BigInt& rVal );
+    BigInt&         operator +=( const BigInt& rVal );
+    BigInt&         operator -=( const BigInt& rVal );
+    BigInt&         operator *=( const BigInt& rVal );
+    BigInt&         operator /=( const BigInt& rVal );
+    BigInt&         operator %=( const BigInt& rVal );
+
+    BigInt&         operator  =( sal_Int32 nValue );
+
+    friend inline   BigInt operator +( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   BigInt operator -( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   BigInt operator *( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   BigInt operator /( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   BigInt operator %( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend          bool operator==( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   bool operator!=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend          bool operator< ( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend          bool operator> ( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   bool operator<=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+    friend inline   bool operator>=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 );
+
+    friend class Fraction;
+};
+
+inline BigInt::operator sal_Int16() const
+{
+    if ( !bIsBig && nVal >= SAL_MIN_INT16 && nVal <= SAL_MAX_INT16 )
+        return static_cast<sal_Int16>(nVal);
+    assert(false && "out of range");
+    return 0;
+}
+
+inline BigInt::operator sal_uInt16() const
+{
+    if ( !bIsBig && nVal >= 0 && nVal <= SAL_MAX_UINT16 )
+        return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nVal);
+    assert(false && "out of range");
+    return 0;
+}
+
+inline BigInt::operator sal_Int32() const
+{
+    if (!bIsBig)
+        return nVal;
+    assert(false && "out of range");
+    return 0;
+}
+
+inline BigInt::operator sal_uInt32() const
+{
+    if ( !bIsBig && nVal >= 0 )
+        return static_cast<sal_uInt32>(nVal);
+    assert(false && "out of range");
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#if SAL_TYPES_SIZEOFLONG == 8
+inline BigInt::operator long() const
+{
+    // Clamp to int32 since long is int32 on Windows.
+    if (!bIsBig)
+        return nVal;
+    assert(false && "out of range");
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline BigInt& BigInt::operator =( sal_Int32 nValue )
+{
+    bIsSet = true;
+    bIsBig = false;
+    nVal   = nValue;
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline bool BigInt::IsNeg() const
+{
+    if ( !bIsBig )
+        return (nVal < 0);
+    else
+        return bIsNeg;
+}
+
+inline bool BigInt::IsZero() const
+{
+    if ( bIsBig )
+        return false;
+    else
+        return (nVal == 0);
+}
+
+inline void BigInt::Abs()
+{
+    if ( bIsBig )
+        bIsNeg = false;
+    else if ( nVal < 0 )
+        nVal = -nVal;
+}
+
+inline BigInt operator+( const BigInt &rVal1, const BigInt &rVal2 )
+{
+    BigInt aErg( rVal1 );
+    aErg += rVal2;
+    return aErg;
+}
+
+inline BigInt operator-( const BigInt &rVal1, const BigInt &rVal2 )
+{
+    BigInt aErg( rVal1 );
+    aErg -= rVal2;
+    return aErg;
+}
+
+inline BigInt operator*( const BigInt &rVal1, const BigInt &rVal2 )
+{
+    BigInt aErg( rVal1 );
+    aErg *= rVal2;
+    return aErg;
+}
+
+inline BigInt operator/( const BigInt &rVal1, const BigInt &rVal2 )
+{
+    BigInt aErg( rVal1 );
+    aErg /= rVal2;
+    return aErg;
+}
+
+inline BigInt operator%( const BigInt &rVal1, const BigInt &rVal2 )
+{
+    BigInt aErg( rVal1 );
+    aErg %= rVal2;
+    return aErg;
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 )
+{
+    return !(rVal1 == rVal2);
+}
+
+inline bool operator<=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 )
+{
+    return !( rVal1 > rVal2);
+}
+
+inline bool operator>=( const BigInt& rVal1, const BigInt& rVal2 )
+{
+    return !(rVal1 < rVal2);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/color.hxx b/include/tools/color.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afdb30d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/color.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_COLOR_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_COLOR_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Any.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/color/bcolor.hxx>
+#include <osl/endian.h>
+
+namespace color
+{
+
+constexpr sal_uInt32 extractRGB(sal_uInt32 nColorNumber)
+{
+    return nColorNumber & 0x00FFFFFF;
+}
+
+}
+
+// Color
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Color
+{
+    // data intentionally public; read the commit log!
+public:
+    union
+    {
+        sal_uInt32 mValue;
+        struct
+        {
+#ifdef OSL_BIGENDIAN
+                sal_uInt8 A;
+                sal_uInt8 R;
+                sal_uInt8 G;
+                sal_uInt8 B;
+#else
+                sal_uInt8 B;
+                sal_uInt8 G;
+                sal_uInt8 R;
+                sal_uInt8 A;
+#endif
+        };
+    };
+
+public:
+    constexpr Color()
+        : mValue(0) // black
+    {}
+
+    constexpr Color(sal_uInt32 nColor)
+        : mValue(nColor)
+    {}
+
+    constexpr Color(sal_uInt8 nTransparency, sal_uInt8 nRed, sal_uInt8 nGreen, sal_uInt8 nBlue)
+        : mValue(sal_uInt32(nBlue) | (sal_uInt32(nGreen) << 8) | (sal_uInt32(nRed) << 16) | (sal_uInt32(nTransparency) << 24))
+    {}
+
+    constexpr Color(sal_uInt8 nRed, sal_uInt8 nGreen, sal_uInt8 nBlue)
+        : Color(0, nRed, nGreen, nBlue)
+    {}
+
+    // constructor to create a tools-Color from ::basegfx::BColor
+    explicit Color(const basegfx::BColor& rBColor)
+        : Color(0,
+                sal_uInt8(std::lround(rBColor.getRed() * 255.0)),
+                sal_uInt8(std::lround(rBColor.getGreen() * 255.0)),
+                sal_uInt8(std::lround(rBColor.getBlue() * 255.0)))
+    {}
+
+    /** Primarily used when passing Color objects to UNO API */
+    constexpr explicit operator sal_uInt32() const
+    {
+        return mValue;
+    }
+
+    constexpr explicit operator sal_Int32() const
+    {
+        return sal_Int32(mValue);
+    }
+
+    bool operator<(const Color& aCompareColor) const
+    {
+        return mValue < aCompareColor.mValue;
+    }
+
+    void SetRed(sal_uInt8 nRed);
+    sal_uInt8 GetRed() const
+    {
+        return R;
+    }
+    void SetGreen(sal_uInt8 nGreen);
+    sal_uInt8 GetGreen() const
+    {
+        return G;
+    }
+    void SetBlue(sal_uInt8 nBlue);
+    sal_uInt8 GetBlue() const
+    {
+        return B;
+    }
+    void SetTransparency(sal_uInt8 nTransparency);
+    sal_uInt8 GetTransparency() const
+    {
+        return A;
+    }
+
+    Color GetRGBColor() const
+    {
+        return color::extractRGB(mValue);
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetColorError(const Color& rCompareColor) const;
+
+    sal_uInt8 GetLuminance() const;
+    void IncreaseLuminance(sal_uInt8 cLumInc);
+    void DecreaseLuminance(sal_uInt8 cLumDec);
+
+    void DecreaseContrast(sal_uInt8 cContDec);
+
+    /**
+     * Apply tint or shade to a color.
+     *
+     * The input value is the percentage (in 100th of percent) of how much the
+     * color changes towards the black (shade) or white (tint). If the value
+     * is positive, the color is tinted, if the value is negative, the color is
+     * shaded.
+     **/
+    void ApplyTintOrShade(sal_Int16 n100thPercent);
+
+    void Invert();
+
+    void Merge(const Color& rMergeColor, sal_uInt8 cTransparency);
+
+    bool IsRGBEqual(const Color& rColor) const;
+
+    // comparison with luminance thresholds
+    bool IsDark() const;
+    bool IsBright() const;
+
+    // color space conversion tools
+    // the range for h/s/b is:
+    // Hue: 0-360 degree
+    // Saturation: 0-100%
+    // Brightness: 0-100%
+    static Color HSBtoRGB(sal_uInt16 nHue, sal_uInt16 nSaturation, sal_uInt16 nBrightness);
+    void RGBtoHSB(sal_uInt16& nHue, sal_uInt16& nSaturation, sal_uInt16& nBrightness) const;
+
+    bool operator==(const Color& rColor) const
+    {
+        return mValue == rColor.mValue;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const Color& rColor) const
+    {
+        return !(Color::operator==(rColor));
+    }
+
+    // Return color as RGB hex string
+    // for example "00ff00" for green color
+    OUString AsRGBHexString() const;
+
+    // get ::basegfx::BColor from this color
+    basegfx::BColor getBColor() const
+    {
+        return basegfx::BColor(GetRed() / 255.0, GetGreen() / 255.0, GetBlue() / 255.0);
+    }
+};
+
+inline void Color::SetRed( sal_uInt8 nRed )
+{
+    R = nRed;
+}
+
+inline void Color::SetGreen( sal_uInt8 nGreen )
+{
+    G = nGreen;
+}
+
+inline void Color::SetBlue( sal_uInt8 nBlue )
+{
+    B = nBlue;
+}
+
+inline void Color::SetTransparency( sal_uInt8 nTransparency )
+{
+    A = nTransparency;
+}
+
+inline bool Color::IsRGBEqual( const Color& rColor ) const
+{
+    return color::extractRGB(mValue) == color::extractRGB(rColor.mValue);
+}
+
+inline sal_uInt8 Color::GetLuminance() const
+{
+    return sal_uInt8((B * 29UL + G * 151UL + R * 76UL) >> 8);
+}
+
+constexpr sal_uInt8 ColorChannelMerge(sal_uInt8 nDst, sal_uInt8 nSrc, sal_uInt8 nSrcTrans)
+{
+    return sal_uInt8(((sal_Int32(nDst) - nSrc) * nSrcTrans + ((nSrc << 8) | nDst)) >> 8);
+}
+
+inline void Color::Invert()
+{
+    R = ~R;
+    G = ~G;
+    B = ~B;
+}
+
+inline sal_uInt16 Color::GetColorError( const Color& rColor ) const
+{
+    return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(
+        abs(static_cast<int>(GetBlue()) - rColor.GetBlue()) +
+        abs(static_cast<int>(GetGreen()) - rColor.GetGreen()) +
+        abs(static_cast<int>(GetRed()) - rColor.GetRed()));
+}
+
+inline void Color::Merge( const Color& rMergeColor, sal_uInt8 cTransparency )
+{
+    R = ColorChannelMerge(R, rMergeColor.R, cTransparency);
+    G = ColorChannelMerge(G, rMergeColor.G, cTransparency);
+    B = ColorChannelMerge(B, rMergeColor.B, cTransparency);
+}
+
+// to reduce the noise when moving these into and out of Any
+inline bool operator >>=( const css::uno::Any & rAny, Color & value )
+{
+  sal_Int32 nTmp = {}; // spurious -Werror=maybe-uninitialized
+  if (!(rAny >>= nTmp))
+      return false;
+  value = Color(nTmp);
+  return true;
+}
+
+inline void operator <<=( css::uno::Any & rAny, Color value )
+{
+    rAny <<= sal_Int32(value);
+}
+namespace com::sun::star::uno {
+    template<>
+    inline Any makeAny( Color const & value )
+    {
+        return Any(sal_Int32(value));
+    }
+}
+
+// Test compile time conversion of Color to sal_uInt32
+
+static_assert (sal_uInt32(Color(0x00, 0x12, 0x34, 0x56)) == 0x00123456);
+static_assert (sal_uInt32(Color(0x12, 0x34, 0x56)) == 0x00123456);
+
+// Color types
+
+constexpr ::Color COL_BLACK                   ( 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_BLUE                    ( 0x00, 0x00, 0x80 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_GREEN                   ( 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_CYAN                    ( 0x00, 0x80, 0x80 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_RED                     ( 0x80, 0x00, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_MAGENTA                 ( 0x80, 0x00, 0x80 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_BROWN                   ( 0x80, 0x80, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_GRAY                    ( 0x80, 0x80, 0x80 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_GRAY3                   ( 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC );
+constexpr ::Color COL_GRAY7                   ( 0x66, 0x66, 0x66 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTGRAY               ( 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTBLUE               ( 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTGREEN              ( 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTCYAN               ( 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTRED                ( 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTMAGENTA            ( 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_LIGHTGRAYBLUE           ( 0xE0, 0xE0, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_YELLOW                  ( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_WHITE                   ( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_TRANSPARENT             ( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTO                    ( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR1_DARK            ( 198,  146,   0 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR1_NORMAL          ( 255,  255, 158 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR1_LIGHT           ( 255,  255, 195 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR2_DARK            (   6,   70, 162 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR2_NORMAL          ( 216,  232, 255 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR2_LIGHT           ( 233,  242, 255 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR3_DARK            (  87,  157,  28 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR3_NORMAL          ( 218,  248, 193 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR3_LIGHT           ( 226,  250, 207 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR4_DARK            ( 105,   43, 157 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR4_NORMAL          ( 228,  210, 245 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR4_LIGHT           ( 239,  228, 248 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR5_DARK            ( 197,    0,  11 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR5_NORMAL          ( 254,  205, 208 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR5_LIGHT           ( 255,  227, 229 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR6_DARK            (   0,  128, 128 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR6_NORMAL          ( 210,  246, 246 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR6_LIGHT           ( 230,  250, 250 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR7_DARK            ( 140,  132,   0 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR7_NORMAL          ( 237,  252, 163 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR7_LIGHT           ( 242,  254, 181 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR8_DARK            (  53,   85, 107 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR8_NORMAL          ( 211,  222, 232 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR8_LIGHT           ( 226,  234, 241 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR9_DARK            ( 209,  118,   0 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR9_NORMAL          ( 255,  226, 185 );
+constexpr ::Color COL_AUTHOR9_LIGHT           ( 255,  231, 199 );
+
+template<typename charT, typename traits>
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits>& operator <<(std::basic_ostream<charT, traits>& rStream, const Color& rColor)
+{
+    std::ios_base::fmtflags nOrigFlags = rStream.flags();
+    rStream << "c[" << std::hex << std::setfill ('0')
+            << std::setw(2) << static_cast<int>(rColor.GetRed())
+            << std::setw(2) << static_cast<int>(rColor.GetGreen())
+            << std::setw(2) << static_cast<int>(rColor.GetBlue())
+            << std::setw(2) << static_cast<int>(rColor.GetTransparency()) << "]";
+    rStream.setf(nOrigFlags);
+    return rStream;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/config.hxx b/include/tools/config.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76e4270b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/config.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_CONFIG_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_CONFIG_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+struct ImplConfigData;
+struct ImplGroupData;
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Config
+{
+private:
+    OUString            maFileName;
+    OString             maGroupName;
+    std::unique_ptr<ImplConfigData> mpData;
+    ImplGroupData*      mpActGroup;
+    sal_uInt32          mnDataUpdateId;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE bool           ImplUpdateConfig() const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE ImplGroupData* ImplGetGroup() const;
+
+public:
+                        Config( const OUString& rFileName );
+                        ~Config();
+
+    void                SetGroup(const OString& rGroup);
+    const OString&      GetGroup() const { return maGroupName; }
+    void                DeleteGroup(const OString& rGroup);
+    OString             GetGroupName(sal_uInt16 nGroup) const;
+    sal_uInt16          GetGroupCount() const;
+    bool                HasGroup(const OString& rGroup) const;
+
+    OString             ReadKey(const OString& rKey) const;
+    OString             ReadKey(const OString& rKey, const OString& rDefault) const;
+    void                WriteKey(const OString& rKey, const OString& rValue);
+    void                DeleteKey(const OString& rKey);
+    OString             GetKeyName(sal_uInt16 nKey) const;
+    OString             ReadKey(sal_uInt16 nKey) const;
+    sal_uInt16          GetKeyCount() const;
+
+    void                Flush();
+
+private:
+                        Config( const Config& rConfig ) = delete;
+    Config&             operator = ( const Config& rConfig ) = delete;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/contnr.hxx b/include/tools/contnr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..716cbf242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/contnr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_CONTNR_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_CONTNR_HXX
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define TREELIST_APPEND             (ULONG_MAX)
+#define TREELIST_ENTRY_NOTFOUND     (ULONG_MAX)
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/cpuid.hxx b/include/tools/cpuid.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90c7d37b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/cpuid.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+namespace cpuid {
+
+enum class InstructionSetFlags
+{
+    NONE  = 0x00,
+    HYPER = 0x01,
+    SSE2  = 0x02,
+    SSSE3 = 0x04,
+    SSE41 = 0x08,
+    SSE42 = 0x10,
+    AVX   = 0x20,
+    AVX2  = 0x40
+};
+
+} // end cpuid
+
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<cpuid::InstructionSetFlags> : is_typed_flags<cpuid::InstructionSetFlags, 0x07f> {};
+}
+
+namespace cpuid {
+
+/** Get supported instruction set flags determined at runtime by probing the CPU.
+ */
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC InstructionSetFlags getCpuInstructionSetFlags();
+
+/** Check if a certain instruction set is supported by the CPU at runtime.
+ */
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool isCpuInstructionSetSupported(InstructionSetFlags eInstructions);
+
+/** Returns a string of supported instructions.
+ */
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OUString instructionSetSupportedString();
+
+/** Check if SSE2 is supported by the CPU
+ */
+inline bool hasSSE2()
+{
+    return isCpuInstructionSetSupported(InstructionSetFlags::SSE2);
+}
+
+/** Check if SSSE3 is supported by the CPU
+ */
+inline bool hasSSSE3()
+{
+    return isCpuInstructionSetSupported(InstructionSetFlags::SSSE3);
+}
+
+/** Check if AVX2 is supported by the CPU
+ */
+inline bool hasAVX2()
+{
+    return isCpuInstructionSetSupported(InstructionSetFlags::AVX2);
+}
+
+/** Check if Hyper Threading is supported
+ */
+inline bool hasHyperThreading()
+{
+    return isCpuInstructionSetSupported(InstructionSetFlags::HYPER);
+}
+
+} // end cpuid
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/date.hxx b/include/tools/date.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd69d16b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/date.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATE_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+#include <ostream>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/util/Date.hpp>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::util { struct DateTime; }
+
+enum DayOfWeek { MONDAY, TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY,
+                 SATURDAY, SUNDAY };
+
+/** Represents a date in the proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+
+    Largest representable date is 32767-12-31 = 327671231
+
+    Smallest representable date is -32768-01-01 = -327680101
+
+    Due to possible conversions to css::util::Date, which has a short
+    Year member variable, these limits are fix.
+
+    Year value 0 is unused. The year before year 1 CE is year 1 BCE, which is
+    the traditional proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+
+    This is not how ISO 8601:2000 defines things (but ISO 8601:1998 Draft
+    Revision did), but it enables class Date to be used for writing XML files
+    as XML Schema Part 2 in D.3.2 No Year Zero says
+    "The year "0000" is an illegal year value.", see
+    https://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xmlschema-2-20041028/#noYearZero
+    and furthermore the note for 3.2.7 dateTime
+    https://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xmlschema-2-20041028/#dateTime
+
+ */
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Date
+{
+private:
+    sal_Int32       mnDate;
+    void            setDateFromDMY( sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear );
+
+public:
+    enum DateInitSystem
+    {
+        SYSTEM
+    };
+
+    enum DateInitEmpty
+    {
+        EMPTY
+    };
+
+                    explicit Date( DateInitEmpty ) : mnDate(0) {}
+                    explicit Date( DateInitSystem );
+                    explicit Date( sal_Int32 nDate ) : mnDate(nDate) {}
+                    Date( const Date& rDate ) : mnDate(rDate.mnDate) {}
+
+                    /** nDay and nMonth both must be <100, nYear must be != 0 */
+                    Date( sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear )
+                        { setDateFromDMY(nDay, nMonth, nYear); }
+
+                    Date( const css::util::Date& rUDate )
+                    {
+                        setDateFromDMY(rUDate.Day, rUDate.Month, rUDate.Year);
+                    }
+                    Date( const css::util::DateTime& _rDateTime );
+
+    bool            IsEmpty() const { return mnDate == 0; }
+
+    void            SetDate( sal_Int32 nNewDate );
+    sal_Int32       GetDate() const { return mnDate; }
+    /** Type safe access for values that are guaranteed to be unsigned, like Date::SYSTEM. */
+    sal_uInt32      GetDateUnsigned() const { return static_cast<sal_uInt32>(mnDate < 0 ? -mnDate : mnDate); }
+    css::util::Date GetUNODate() const { return css::util::Date(GetDay(), GetMonth(), GetYear()); }
+
+                    /** nNewDay must be <100 */
+    void            SetDay( sal_uInt16 nNewDay );
+                    /** nNewMonth must be <100 */
+    void            SetMonth( sal_uInt16 nNewMonth );
+                    /** nNewYear must be != 0 */
+    void            SetYear( sal_Int16 nNewYear );
+
+    sal_uInt16      GetDay() const
+                    {
+                        return mnDate < 0 ?
+                            static_cast<sal_uInt16>(-mnDate % 100) :
+                            static_cast<sal_uInt16>( mnDate % 100);
+                    }
+    sal_uInt16      GetMonth() const
+                    {
+                        return mnDate < 0 ?
+                            static_cast<sal_uInt16>((-mnDate / 100) % 100) :
+                            static_cast<sal_uInt16>(( mnDate / 100) % 100);
+                    }
+    sal_Int16       GetYear() const { return static_cast<sal_Int16>(mnDate / 10000); }
+    /** Type safe access for values that are guaranteed to be unsigned, like Date::SYSTEM. */
+    sal_uInt16      GetYearUnsigned() const { return static_cast<sal_uInt16>((mnDate < 0 ? -mnDate : mnDate) / 10000); }
+    sal_Int16       GetNextYear() const { sal_Int16 nY = GetYear(); return nY == -1 ? 1 : nY + 1; }
+    sal_Int16       GetPrevYear() const { sal_Int16 nY = GetYear(); return nY == 1 ? -1 : nY - 1; }
+
+    /** Add years skipping year 0 and truncating at limits. If the original
+        date was on Feb-29 and the resulting date is not a leap year, the
+        result is adjusted to Feb-28.
+    */
+    void            AddYears( sal_Int16 nAddYears );
+
+    /** Add months skipping year 0 and truncating at limits. If the original
+        date was on Feb-29 or day 31 and the resulting date is not a leap year
+        or a month with fewer days, the result is adjusted to Feb-28 or day 30.
+    */
+    void            AddMonths( sal_Int32 nAddMonths );
+
+    /** Add days skipping year 0 and truncating at limits.
+     */
+    void            AddDays( sal_Int32 nAddDays );
+
+    /** Obtain the day of the week for the date.
+
+        Internally normalizes a copy of values.
+        The result may be unexpected for a non-normalized invalid date like
+        Date(31,11,2000) or a sequence of aDate.SetDay(31); aDate.SetMonth(11);
+     */
+    DayOfWeek       GetDayOfWeek() const;
+
+    /** Obtain the day of the year for the date.
+
+        Internally normalizes a copy of values.
+        The result may be unexpected for a non-normalized invalid date like
+        Date(31,11,2000) or a sequence of aDate.SetDay(31); aDate.SetMonth(11);
+     */
+    sal_uInt16      GetDayOfYear() const;
+
+    /** Obtain the week of the year for a date.
+
+        @param nMinimumNumberOfDaysInWeek
+               How many days of a week must reside in the first week of a year.
+
+        Internally normalizes a copy of values.
+        The result may be unexpected for a non-normalized invalid date like
+        Date(31,11,2000) or a sequence of aDate.SetDay(31); aDate.SetMonth(11);
+     */
+    sal_uInt16      GetWeekOfYear( DayOfWeek eStartDay = MONDAY,
+                                   sal_Int16 nMinimumNumberOfDaysInWeek = 4 ) const;
+
+    /** Obtain the number of days in the month of the year of the date.
+
+        Internally normalizes a copy of values.
+
+        The result may be unexpected for a non-normalized invalid date like
+        Date(31,11,2000) or a sequence of aDate.SetDay(31); aDate.SetMonth(11);
+
+        These would result in 31 as --11-31 rolls over to --12-01 and the
+        number of days in December is returned.
+
+        Instead, to obtain the value for the actual set use the static method
+        Date::GetDaysInMonth( aDate.GetMonth(), aDate.GetYear()) in such cases.
+     */
+    sal_uInt16      GetDaysInMonth() const;
+
+    sal_uInt16      GetDaysInYear() const { return (IsLeapYear()) ? 366 : 365; }
+    bool            IsLeapYear() const;
+
+    /** If the represented date is valid (1<=month<=12, 1<=day<=(28,29,30,31)
+        depending on month/year) AND is of the Gregorian calendar (1582-10-15
+        <= date)
+     */
+    bool            IsValidAndGregorian() const;
+
+    /** If the represented date is valid (1<=month<=12, 1<=day<=(28,29,30,31)
+        depending on month/year) */
+    bool            IsValidDate() const;
+
+    /** Normalize date, invalid day or month values are adapted such that they
+        carry over to the next month or/and year, for example 1999-02-32
+        becomes 1999-03-04, 1999-13-01 becomes 2000-01-01, 1999-13-42 becomes
+        2000-02-11. Truncates at -32768-01-01 or 32767-12-31, 0001-00-x will
+        yield the normalized value of -0001-12-x
+
+        This may be necessary after Date ctors or if the SetDate(), SetDay(),
+        SetMonth(), SetYear() methods set individual non-matching values.
+        Adding/subtracting to/from dates never produces invalid dates.
+     */
+    void            Normalize();
+
+    bool            IsBetween( const Date& rFrom, const Date& rTo ) const
+                        { return ((mnDate >= rFrom.mnDate) &&
+                                 (mnDate <= rTo.mnDate)); }
+
+    bool            operator ==( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate == rDate.mnDate); }
+    bool            operator !=( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate != rDate.mnDate); }
+    bool            operator  >( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate > rDate.mnDate); }
+    bool            operator  <( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate < rDate.mnDate); }
+    bool            operator >=( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate >= rDate.mnDate); }
+    bool            operator <=( const Date& rDate ) const
+                        { return (mnDate <= rDate.mnDate); }
+
+    Date&           operator =( const Date& rDate )
+                        { mnDate = rDate.mnDate; return *this; }
+    Date&           operator =( const css::util::Date& rUDate )
+                        { setDateFromDMY( rUDate.Day, rUDate.Month, rUDate.Year); return *this; }
+    Date&           operator ++();
+    Date&           operator --();
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Date      operator +( const Date& rDate, sal_Int32 nDays );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Date      operator -( const Date& rDate, sal_Int32 nDays );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend sal_Int32 operator -( const Date& rDate1, const Date& rDate2 );
+
+    /** Obtain number of days in a month of a year.
+
+        Internally sanitizes nMonth to values 1 <= nMonth <= 12, does not
+        normalize values.
+     */
+    static sal_uInt16 GetDaysInMonth( sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear );
+
+    /// Internally normalizes values.
+    static sal_Int32 DateToDays( sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear );
+    /// Semantically identical to IsValidDate() member method.
+    static bool IsValidDate( sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear );
+    /// Semantically identical to Normalize() member method.
+    static bool Normalize( sal_uInt16 & rDay, sal_uInt16 & rMonth, sal_Int16 & rYear );
+
+ private:
+    /// An accelerated form of DateToDays on this date
+    sal_Int32 GetAsNormalizedDays() const;
+};
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const Date& rDate);
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/datetime.hxx b/include/tools/datetime.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b78b29bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/datetime.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATETIME_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATETIME_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/date.hxx>
+#include <tools/time.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/DateTime.hpp>
+
+#include <iomanip>
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC DateTime : public Date, public tools::Time
+{
+public:
+    enum DateTimeInitSystem
+    {
+        SYSTEM
+    };
+
+    enum DateTimeInitEmpty
+    {
+        EMPTY
+    };
+
+                    explicit DateTime( DateTimeInitEmpty ) : Date( Date::EMPTY ), Time( Time::EMPTY ) {}
+                    explicit DateTime( DateTimeInitSystem );
+                    DateTime( const DateTime& rDateTime ) :
+                        Date( rDateTime ), Time( rDateTime ) {}
+                    DateTime( const Date& rDate ) : Date( rDate ), Time(0) {}
+                    DateTime( const tools::Time& rTime ) : Date(0), Time( rTime ) {}
+                    DateTime( const Date& rDate, const tools::Time& rTime ) :
+                        Date( rDate ), Time( rTime ) {}
+                    DateTime( const css::util::DateTime& rDateTime );
+
+    css::util::DateTime
+                    GetUNODateTime() const
+                        { return css::util::DateTime(GetNanoSec(), GetSec(), GetMin(), GetHour(),
+                              GetDay(), GetMonth(), GetYear(), false); }
+
+    bool            IsBetween( const DateTime& rFrom,
+                               const DateTime& rTo ) const;
+
+    bool            IsEqualIgnoreNanoSec( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const
+                    {
+                        if ( Date::operator!=( rDateTime ) )
+                            return false;
+                        return Time::IsEqualIgnoreNanoSec( rDateTime );
+                    }
+
+    bool            operator ==( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const
+                        { return (Date::operator==( rDateTime ) &&
+                                  Time::operator==( rDateTime )); }
+    bool            operator !=( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const
+                        { return (Date::operator!=( rDateTime ) ||
+                                  Time::operator!=( rDateTime )); }
+    bool            operator  >( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const;
+    bool            operator  <( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const;
+    bool            operator >=( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const;
+    bool            operator <=( const DateTime& rDateTime ) const;
+
+    sal_Int64       GetSecFromDateTime( const Date& rDate ) const;
+
+    void            ConvertToUTC()       { *this -= Time::GetUTCOffset(); }
+    void            ConvertToLocalTime() { *this += Time::GetUTCOffset(); }
+
+    void            AddTime( double fTimeInDays );
+    DateTime&       operator +=( const tools::Time& rTime );
+    DateTime&       operator -=( const tools::Time& rTime );
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator +( const DateTime& rDateTime, sal_Int32 nDays );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator -( const DateTime& rDateTime, sal_Int32 nDays );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator +( const DateTime& rDateTime, double fTimeInDays );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator -( const DateTime& rDateTime, double fTimeInDays )
+                        { return operator+( rDateTime, -fTimeInDays ); }
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator +( const DateTime& rDateTime, const tools::Time& rTime );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend DateTime operator -( const DateTime& rDateTime, const tools::Time& rTime );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend double   operator -( const DateTime& rDateTime1, const DateTime& rDateTime2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend sal_Int64 operator -( const DateTime& rDateTime, const Date& rDate )
+                        { return static_cast<const Date&>(rDateTime) - rDate; }
+
+    DateTime&       operator =( const DateTime& rDateTime );
+    DateTime&       operator =( const css::util::DateTime& rUDateTime );
+
+    void            GetWin32FileDateTime( sal_uInt32 & rLower, sal_uInt32 & rUpper ) const;
+    static DateTime CreateFromWin32FileDateTime( sal_uInt32 rLower, sal_uInt32 rUpper );
+
+    /// Creates DateTime given a unix time, which is the number of seconds
+    /// elapsed since Jan 1st, 1970.
+    static DateTime CreateFromUnixTime( const double fSecondsSinceEpoch );
+};
+
+inline DateTime& DateTime::operator =( const DateTime& rDateTime )
+{
+    Date::operator=( rDateTime );
+    Time::operator=( rDateTime );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const DateTime& datetime)
+{
+    return stream << datetime.GetYear() << '-' <<
+        std::setw(2) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetMonth() << '-' <<
+        std::setw(2) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetDay() << ' ' <<
+        std::setw(2) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetHour() << ':' <<
+        std::setw(2) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetMin() << ':' <<
+        std::setw(2) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetSec() << "." <<
+        std::setw(9) << std::setfill('0') << datetime.GetNanoSec();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/datetimeutils.hxx b/include/tools/datetimeutils.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28766ee8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/datetimeutils.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATETIMEUTILS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_DATETIMEUTILS_HXX
+
+#include <tools/datetime.hxx>
+
+// This function converts a 'DateTime' object to an 'OString' object
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString DateTimeToOString( const DateTime& rDateTime );
+
+// This function converts a 'Date' object to an 'OString' object in ISO-8601 representation
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString DateToOString( const Date& rDate );
+
+// This function converts a 'Date' object to an 'OString' object in DD/MM/YYYY format
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString DateToDDMMYYYYOString( const Date& rDate );
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/debug.hxx b/include/tools/debug.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c72da4d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/debug.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_DEBUG_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_DEBUG_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+#include <sal/detail/log.h>
+
+/** The facilities provided by this header are deprecated.  True assertions
+    (that detect broken program logic) should use standard assert (which aborts
+    if an assertion fails, and is controlled by the standard NDEBUG macro).
+    Logging of warnings (e.g., about malformed input) should use the facilities
+    provided by sal/log.hxx.
+
+    Because the assertion macro (DBG_ASSERT) has been used for
+    true assertions as well as to log warnings, it maps to SAL_WARN instead of
+    standard assert.
+*/
+
+typedef void (*DbgTestSolarMutexProc)();
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC void DbgSetTestSolarMutex( DbgTestSolarMutexProc pParam );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC void DbgTestSolarMutex();
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+// we want the solar mutex checking to be enabled in the assert-enabled builds that the QA people use
+
+#define DBG_TESTSOLARMUTEX()   \
+do                             \
+{                              \
+    DbgTestSolarMutex();       \
+} while(false)
+
+#else
+
+#define DBG_TESTSOLARMUTEX() ((void)0)
+
+#endif
+
+#define DBG_ASSERT( sCon, aError ) \
+    SAL_DETAIL_WARN_IF_FORMAT(!(sCon), "legacy.tools", "%s", aError)
+
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_DEBUG_HXX
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/diagnose_ex.h b/include/tools/diagnose_ex.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..558420e54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/diagnose_ex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_DIAGNOSE_EX_H
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_DIAGNOSE_EX_H
+
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/RuntimeException.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/lang/IllegalArgumentException.hpp>
+
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <cppuhelper/exc_hlp.hxx>
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC void DbgUnhandledException(const css::uno::Any& caughtException,
+        const char* currentFunction, const char* fileAndLineNo,
+        const char* area, const char* explanatory = nullptr);
+
+//getCaughtException throws exceptions in never-going-to-happen situations which
+//floods coverity with warnings
+inline css::uno::Any DbgGetCaughtException()
+{
+#if defined(__COVERITY__)
+    try
+    {
+        return ::cppu::getCaughtException();
+    }
+    catch (...)
+    {
+        std::abort();
+    }
+#else
+    return ::cppu::getCaughtException();
+#endif
+}
+
+/** reports a caught UNO exception via OSL diagnostics
+
+    Note that whenever you use this, it might be an indicator that your error
+    handling is not correct...
+    This takes two optional parameters: area and explanatory
+*/
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_0_ARGS() \
+    DbgUnhandledException( DbgGetCaughtException(), OSL_THIS_FUNC, SAL_DETAIL_WHERE );
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_1_ARGS(area) \
+    DbgUnhandledException( DbgGetCaughtException(), OSL_THIS_FUNC, SAL_DETAIL_WHERE, area );
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_2_ARGS(area, explanatory) \
+    DbgUnhandledException( DbgGetCaughtException(), OSL_THIS_FUNC, SAL_DETAIL_WHERE, area, explanatory );
+
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_FUNC_CHOOSER(_f1, _f2, _f3, ...) _f3
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_FUNC_RECOMPOSER(argsWithParentheses) DBG_UNHANDLED_FUNC_CHOOSER argsWithParentheses
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_CHOOSE_FROM_ARG_COUNT(...) DBG_UNHANDLED_FUNC_RECOMPOSER((__VA_ARGS__, DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_2_ARGS, DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_1_ARGS, DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_0_ARGS, ))
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_NO_ARG_EXPANDER() ,,DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION_0_ARGS
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_MACRO_CHOOSER(...) DBG_UNHANDLED_CHOOSE_FROM_ARG_COUNT(DBG_UNHANDLED_NO_ARG_EXPANDER __VA_ARGS__ ())
+#define DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION(...) DBG_UNHANDLED_MACRO_CHOOSER(__VA_ARGS__)(__VA_ARGS__)
+
+
+/** This macro asserts the given condition (in debug mode), and throws
+    an IllegalArgumentException afterwards.
+ */
+#define ENSURE_ARG_OR_THROW(c, m) if( !(c) ) { \
+                                     OSL_ENSURE(c, m); \
+                                     throw css::lang::IllegalArgumentException( \
+                                     OUStringLiteral(OSL_THIS_FUNC) \
+                                     + ",\n" m, \
+                                     css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >(), \
+                                     0 ); }
+#define ENSURE_ARG_OR_THROW2(c, m, ifc, arg) if( !(c) ) { \
+                                               OSL_ENSURE(c, m); \
+                                               throw css::lang::IllegalArgumentException( \
+                                               OUStringLiteral(OSL_THIS_FUNC) \
+                                               + ",\n" m, \
+                                               ifc, \
+                                               arg ); }
+
+/** This macro asserts the given condition (in debug mode), and throws
+    a RuntimeException afterwards.
+ */
+#define ENSURE_OR_THROW(c, m) \
+    if( !(c) ){ \
+        OSL_ENSURE(c, m); \
+        throw css::uno::RuntimeException( \
+        OUStringLiteral(OSL_THIS_FUNC) + ",\n" m, \
+        css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >() ); }
+
+#define ENSURE_OR_THROW2(c, m, ifc) \
+    if( !(c) ) { \
+        OSL_ENSURE(c, m); \
+        throw css::uno::RuntimeException( \
+        OUStringLiteral(OSL_THIS_FUNC) + ",\n" m, \
+        ifc ); }
+
+/** This macro asserts the given condition (in debug mode), and
+    returns the given value afterwards.
+ */
+#define ENSURE_OR_RETURN(c, m, r) if( !(c) ) { \
+                                     OSL_ENSURE(c, m); \
+                                     return r; }
+
+/** This macro asserts the given condition (in debug mode), and
+    returns false afterwards.
+ */
+#define ENSURE_OR_RETURN_FALSE(c, m) \
+    ENSURE_OR_RETURN(c, m, false)
+
+/** This macro asserts the given condition (in debug mode), and
+    returns afterwards, without return value "void".
+ */
+#define ENSURE_OR_RETURN_VOID( c, m ) \
+    if( !(c) )  \
+    { \
+        OSL_ENSURE( c, m ); \
+        return;   \
+    }
+
+/** Convert a caught exception to a string suitable for logging.
+*/
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString exceptionToString(css::uno::Any const & caughtEx);
+
+/**
+   Logs an message along with a nicely formatted version of the current exception.
+   This must be called as the FIRST thing in a catch block.
+*/
+#define TOOLS_WARN_EXCEPTION(area, stream) \
+    do { \
+        css::uno::Any tools_warn_exception( DbgGetCaughtException() ); \
+        SAL_WARN(area, stream << " " << exceptionToString(tools_warn_exception)); \
+    } while (false)
+
+/**
+   Logs an message along with a nicely formatted version of the current exception.
+   This must be called as the FIRST thing in a catch block.
+*/
+#define TOOLS_WARN_EXCEPTION_IF(cond, area, stream) \
+    do { \
+        css::uno::Any tools_warn_exception( DbgGetCaughtException() ); \
+        SAL_WARN_IF(cond, area, stream << " " << exceptionToString(tools_warn_exception)); \
+    } while (false)
+
+/**
+   Logs an message along with a nicely formatted version of the current exception.
+   This must be called as the FIRST thing in a catch block.
+*/
+#define TOOLS_INFO_EXCEPTION(area, stream) \
+    do { \
+        css::uno::Any tools_warn_exception( DbgGetCaughtException() ); \
+        SAL_INFO(area, stream << " " << exceptionToString(tools_warn_exception)); \
+    } while (false)
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/extendapplicationenvironment.hxx b/include/tools/extendapplicationenvironment.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a610a0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/extendapplicationenvironment.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_EXTENDAPPLICATIONENVIRONMENT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_EXTENDAPPLICATIONENVIRONMENT_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+namespace tools {
+
+// Extend the environment of the process in a platform specific way as necessary
+// for OOo-related applications; must be called first thing in main:
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC void extendApplicationEnvironment();
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/fileutil.hxx b/include/tools/fileutil.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2ed87a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/fileutil.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_FILEUTIL_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_FILEUTIL_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+namespace tools
+{
+// Tests if the path is a UNC or local (drive-based) path that redirects to
+// a WebDAV resource (e.g., using redirectors on Windows).
+// Currently only implemented for Windows; on other platforms, returns false.
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool IsMappedWebDAVPath(const OUString& rURL, OUString* pRealURL = nullptr);
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_FILEUTIL_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/fldunit.hxx b/include/tools/fldunit.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c300ef2ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/fldunit.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_FLDUNIT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_FLDUNIT_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+// Corresponds to offapi/com/sun/star/awt/FieldUnit.idl
+enum class FieldUnit : sal_uInt16
+{
+    NONE,
+    MM,
+    CM,
+    M,
+    KM,
+    TWIP,
+    POINT,
+    PICA,
+    INCH,
+    FOOT,
+    MILE,
+    CHAR,
+    LINE,
+    CUSTOM,
+    PERCENT,
+    MM_100TH,
+    PIXEL,
+    DEGREE,
+    SECOND,
+    MILLISECOND,
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/fontenum.hxx b/include/tools/fontenum.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eeb35be19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/fontenum.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_FONTENUM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_FONTENUM_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+
+enum FontFamily { FAMILY_DONTKNOW, FAMILY_DECORATIVE, FAMILY_MODERN,
+                  FAMILY_ROMAN, FAMILY_SCRIPT, FAMILY_SWISS, FAMILY_SYSTEM, FontFamily_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontPitch { PITCH_DONTKNOW, PITCH_FIXED, PITCH_VARIABLE, FontPitch_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum TextAlign { ALIGN_TOP, ALIGN_BASELINE, ALIGN_BOTTOM, TextAlign_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontWeight { WEIGHT_DONTKNOW, WEIGHT_THIN, WEIGHT_ULTRALIGHT,
+                  WEIGHT_LIGHT, WEIGHT_SEMILIGHT, WEIGHT_NORMAL,
+                  WEIGHT_MEDIUM, WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD, WEIGHT_BOLD,
+                  WEIGHT_ULTRABOLD, WEIGHT_BLACK, FontWeight_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontWidth { WIDTH_DONTKNOW, WIDTH_ULTRA_CONDENSED, WIDTH_EXTRA_CONDENSED,
+                 WIDTH_CONDENSED, WIDTH_SEMI_CONDENSED, WIDTH_NORMAL,
+                 WIDTH_SEMI_EXPANDED, WIDTH_EXPANDED, WIDTH_EXTRA_EXPANDED,
+                 WIDTH_ULTRA_EXPANDED,
+                 FontWidth_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontItalic { ITALIC_NONE, ITALIC_OBLIQUE, ITALIC_NORMAL, ITALIC_DONTKNOW, FontItalic_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontLineStyle { LINESTYLE_NONE, LINESTYLE_SINGLE, LINESTYLE_DOUBLE,
+                     LINESTYLE_DOTTED, LINESTYLE_DONTKNOW,
+                     LINESTYLE_DASH, LINESTYLE_LONGDASH,
+                     LINESTYLE_DASHDOT, LINESTYLE_DASHDOTDOT,
+                     LINESTYLE_SMALLWAVE,
+                     LINESTYLE_WAVE, LINESTYLE_DOUBLEWAVE,
+                     LINESTYLE_BOLD, LINESTYLE_BOLDDOTTED,
+                     LINESTYLE_BOLDDASH, LINESTYLE_BOLDLONGDASH,
+                     LINESTYLE_BOLDDASHDOT, LINESTYLE_BOLDDASHDOTDOT,
+                     LINESTYLE_BOLDWAVE,
+                     FontLineStyle_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum FontStrikeout { STRIKEOUT_NONE, STRIKEOUT_SINGLE, STRIKEOUT_DOUBLE,
+                     STRIKEOUT_DONTKNOW, STRIKEOUT_BOLD,
+                     STRIKEOUT_SLASH, STRIKEOUT_X,
+                     FontStrikeout_FORCE_EQUAL_SIZE=SAL_MAX_ENUM };
+
+enum class FontEmphasisMark {
+    NONE          = 0x0000, // capitalisation to avoid conflict with X11 macro
+    Dot           = 0x0001,
+    Circle        = 0x0002,
+    Disc          = 0x0003,
+    Accent        = 0x0004,
+    Style         = 0x000f,
+    PosAbove      = 0x1000,
+    PosBelow      = 0x2000
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<FontEmphasisMark> : is_typed_flags<FontEmphasisMark, 0x300f> {};
+}
+
+
+enum FontEmbeddedBitmap { EMBEDDEDBITMAP_DONTKNOW, EMBEDDEDBITMAP_FALSE, EMBEDDEDBITMAP_TRUE };
+
+enum FontAntiAlias { ANTIALIAS_DONTKNOW, ANTIALIAS_FALSE, ANTIALIAS_TRUE };
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/fract.hxx b/include/tools/fract.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed1f5f0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/fract.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_FRACT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_FRACT_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <memory>
+#include <ostream>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Fraction final
+{
+    /// these two fields form a boost::rational, but I didn't want to put more boost headers into the global space
+    sal_Int32       mnNumerator = 0;
+    sal_Int32       mnDenominator = 1;
+    bool            mbValid = true;
+
+public:
+                    Fraction() = default;
+                    Fraction( const Fraction & rFrac ) = default;
+                    Fraction( Fraction && rFrac ) = default;
+    explicit        Fraction( double dVal );
+                    Fraction( double nNum, double nDen );
+                    Fraction( sal_Int64 nNum, sal_Int64 nDen );
+                    // just to prevent ambiguity between the sal_Int64 and double constructors
+                    template<typename T1, typename T2> Fraction(
+                        T1 nNum, T2 nDen,
+                        typename std::enable_if<std::is_integral<T1>::value && std::is_integral<T2>::value, int>::type = 0)
+                        : Fraction( sal_Int64(nNum), sal_Int64(nDen) ) {}
+
+    bool            IsValid() const { return mbValid; }
+
+    sal_Int32       GetNumerator() const;
+    sal_Int32       GetDenominator() const;
+
+    explicit operator sal_Int32() const;
+#if SAL_TYPES_SIZEOFLONG == 8
+    explicit operator long() const { return sal_Int32(*this); }
+#endif
+    explicit operator double() const;
+
+    Fraction&       operator=( const Fraction& rfrFrac ) = default;
+    Fraction&       operator=( Fraction&& rfrFrac ) = default;
+    Fraction&       operator=( double v ) { return operator=(Fraction(v)); }
+
+    Fraction&       operator+=( const Fraction& rfrFrac );
+    Fraction&       operator-=( const Fraction& rfrFrac );
+    Fraction&       operator*=( const Fraction& rfrFrac );
+    Fraction&       operator/=( const Fraction& rfrFrac );
+    Fraction&       operator+=( double v ) { return operator+=(Fraction(v)); }
+    Fraction&       operator-=( double v ) { return operator-=(Fraction(v)); }
+    Fraction&       operator*=( double v ) { return operator*=(Fraction(v)); }
+    Fraction&       operator/=( double v ) { return operator/=(Fraction(v)); }
+
+    void            ReduceInaccurate( unsigned nSignificantBits );
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Fraction operator+( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Fraction operator-( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Fraction operator*( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Fraction operator/( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator==( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator!=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator< ( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator> ( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator<=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend bool operator>=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream& ReadFraction( SvStream& rIStream, Fraction & rFract );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream& WriteFraction( SvStream& rOStream, const Fraction& rFract );
+};
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Fraction operator+( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Fraction operator-( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Fraction operator*( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Fraction operator/( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool operator !=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool operator <=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool operator >=( const Fraction& rVal1, const Fraction& rVal2 );
+
+inline Fraction operator+( double v1, const Fraction& rVal2 ) { return Fraction(v1) + rVal2; }
+inline Fraction operator-( double v1, const Fraction& rVal2 ) { return Fraction(v1) - rVal2; }
+inline Fraction operator*( double v1, const Fraction& rVal2 ) { return Fraction(v1) * rVal2; }
+inline Fraction operator/( double v1, const Fraction& rVal2 ) { return Fraction(v1) / rVal2; }
+
+inline Fraction operator+( const Fraction& rVal1, double v2 ) { return rVal1 + Fraction(v2); }
+inline Fraction operator-( const Fraction& rVal1, double v2 ) { return rVal1 - Fraction(v2); }
+inline Fraction operator*( const Fraction& rVal1, double v2 ) { return rVal1 * Fraction(v2); }
+inline Fraction operator/( const Fraction& rVal1, double v2 ) { return rVal1 / Fraction(v2); }
+
+template<typename charT, typename traits>
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & rStream, const Fraction& rFraction)
+{
+    rStream << "(" << rFraction.GetNumerator() << "/" << rFraction.GetDenominator() << ")";
+    return rStream;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/gen.hxx b/include/tools/gen.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e069717bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/gen.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_GEN_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_GEN_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <ostream>
+#include <config_options.h>
+#include <cassert>
+
+class SvStream;
+namespace rtl
+{
+    class OString;
+}
+
+enum TriState { TRISTATE_FALSE, TRISTATE_TRUE, TRISTATE_INDET };
+
+// Pair
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED Pair
+{
+public:
+                        Pair() : nA(0), nB(0) {}
+                        Pair( long _nA, long _nB ) : nA(_nA), nB(_nB) {}
+
+    long                A() const { return nA; }
+    long                B() const { return nB; }
+
+    long&               A() { return nA; }
+    long&               B() { return nB; }
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl::OString        toString() const;
+
+protected:
+    long                nA;
+    long                nB;
+};
+
+namespace tools::detail {
+
+// Used to implement operator == for subclasses of Pair:
+inline bool equal(Pair const & p1, Pair const & p2)
+{
+    return p1.A() == p2.A() && p1.B() == p2.B();
+}
+
+}
+
+// Point
+
+class Size;
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED UNLESS_MERGELIBS(SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT) Point final : protected Pair
+{
+public:
+                        Point() {}
+                        Point( long nX, long nY ) : Pair( nX, nY ) {}
+
+    long                X() const { return nA; }
+    long                Y() const { return nB; }
+
+    void                Move( long nHorzMove, long nVertMove );
+    void                Move( Size const & s );
+    long                AdjustX( long nHorzMove ) { nA += nHorzMove; return nA; }
+    long                AdjustY( long nVertMove ) { nB += nVertMove; return nB; }
+
+    void                RotateAround( long& rX, long& rY, short nOrientation ) const;
+    void                RotateAround( Point&, short nOrientation ) const;
+
+    Point&              operator += ( const Point& rPoint );
+    Point&              operator -= ( const Point& rPoint );
+    Point&              operator *= ( const long nVal );
+    Point&              operator /= ( const long nVal );
+
+    friend inline Point operator+( const Point &rVal1, const Point &rVal2 );
+    friend inline Point operator-( const Point &rVal1, const Point &rVal2 );
+    friend inline Point operator*( const Point &rVal1, const long nVal2 );
+    friend inline Point operator/( const Point &rVal1, const long nVal2 );
+
+    long                getX() const { return X(); }
+    long                getY() const { return Y(); }
+    void                setX(long nX)  { nA = nX; }
+    void                setY(long nY)  { nB = nY; }
+
+    Pair const &        toPair() const { return *this; }
+    Pair &              toPair() { return *this; }
+
+    using Pair::toString;
+};
+
+inline void Point::Move( long nHorzMove, long nVertMove )
+{
+    nA += nHorzMove;
+    nB += nVertMove;
+}
+
+inline Point& Point::operator += ( const Point& rPoint )
+{
+    nA += rPoint.nA;
+    nB += rPoint.nB;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline Point& Point::operator -= ( const Point& rPoint )
+{
+    nA -= rPoint.nA;
+    nB -= rPoint.nB;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline Point& Point::operator *= ( const long nVal )
+{
+    nA *= nVal;
+    nB *= nVal;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline Point& Point::operator /= ( const long nVal )
+{
+    nA /= nVal;
+    nB /= nVal;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline Point operator+( const Point &rVal1, const Point &rVal2 )
+{
+    return Point( rVal1.nA+rVal2.nA, rVal1.nB+rVal2.nB );
+}
+
+inline Point operator-( const Point &rVal1, const Point &rVal2 )
+{
+    return Point( rVal1.nA-rVal2.nA, rVal1.nB-rVal2.nB );
+}
+
+inline Point operator*( const Point &rVal1, const long nVal2 )
+{
+    return Point( rVal1.nA*nVal2, rVal1.nB*nVal2 );
+}
+
+inline Point operator/( const Point &rVal1, const long nVal2 )
+{
+    return Point( rVal1.nA/nVal2, rVal1.nB/nVal2 );
+}
+
+inline bool operator ==(Point const & p1, Point const & p2)
+{
+    return tools::detail::equal(p1.toPair(), p2.toPair());
+}
+
+inline bool operator !=(Point const & p1, Point const & p2)
+{
+    return !(p1 == p2);
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const Point& point )
+{
+    return stream << point.X() << ',' << point.Y();
+}
+
+// Size
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED Size final : protected Pair
+{
+public:
+                    Size() {}
+                    Size( long nWidth, long nHeight ) : Pair( nWidth, nHeight ) {}
+
+    long            Width() const  { return nA; }
+    long            Height() const { return nB; }
+
+    long            AdjustWidth( long n ) { nA += n; return nA; }
+    long            AdjustHeight( long n ) { nB += n; return nB; }
+
+    long            getWidth() const { return Width(); }
+    long            getHeight() const { return Height(); }
+    void            setWidth(long nWidth)  { nA = nWidth; }
+    void            setHeight(long nHeight)  { nB = nHeight; }
+
+    bool            IsEmpty() const { return nA <= 0 || nB <= 0; }
+
+    void extendBy(long x, long y)
+    {
+        nA += x;
+        nB += y;
+    }
+
+    Pair const &    toPair() const { return *this; }
+    Pair &          toPair() { return *this; }
+
+    using Pair::toString;
+};
+
+inline bool operator ==(Size const & s1, Size const & s2)
+{
+    return tools::detail::equal(s1.toPair(), s2.toPair());
+}
+
+inline bool operator !=(Size const & s1, Size const & s2)
+{
+    return !(s1 == s2);
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const Size& size )
+{
+    return stream << size.Width() << 'x' << size.Height();
+}
+
+inline void Point::Move( Size const & s )
+{
+    AdjustX(s.Width());
+    AdjustY(s.Height());
+}
+
+// Range
+
+#define RANGE_MAX   LONG_MAX
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED Range final : protected Pair
+{
+public:
+                    Range() {}
+                    Range( long nMin, long nMax ) : Pair( nMin, nMax ) {}
+
+    long            Min() const { return nA; }
+    long            Max() const { return nB; }
+    long            Len() const { return nB - nA + 1; }
+
+    long&           Min() { return nA; }
+    long&           Max() { return nB; }
+
+    bool            IsInside( long nIs ) const;
+
+    void            Justify();
+
+    Pair const &    toPair() const { return *this; }
+    Pair &          toPair() { return *this; }
+
+    using Pair::toString;
+};
+
+inline bool Range::IsInside( long nIs ) const
+{
+    return ((nA <= nIs) && (nIs <= nB ));
+}
+
+inline void Range::Justify()
+{
+    if ( nA > nB )
+    {
+        long nHelp = nA;
+        nA = nB;
+        nB = nHelp;
+    }
+}
+
+inline bool operator ==(Range const & r1, Range const & r2)
+{
+    return tools::detail::equal(r1.toPair(), r2.toPair());
+}
+
+inline bool operator !=(Range const & r1, Range const & r2)
+{
+    return !(r1 == r2);
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const Range& range )
+{
+    return stream << range.Min() << '-' << range.Max();
+}
+
+// Selection
+
+#define SELECTION_MIN   LONG_MIN
+#define SELECTION_MAX   LONG_MAX
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED Selection final : protected Pair
+{
+public:
+                    Selection() {}
+                    Selection( long nPos ) : Pair( nPos, nPos ) {}
+                    Selection( long nMin, long nMax ) : Pair( nMin, nMax ) {}
+
+    long            Min() const { return nA; }
+    long            Max() const { return nB; }
+    long            Len() const { return nB - nA; }
+
+    long&           Min() { return nA; }
+    long&           Max() { return nB; }
+
+    bool            IsInside( long nIs ) const;
+
+    void            Justify();
+
+    bool            operator !() const { return !Len(); }
+
+    long            getMin() const { return Min(); }
+    void            setMin(long nMin)  { Min() = nMin; }
+    void            setMax(long nMax)  { Max() = nMax; }
+
+    Pair const &    toPair() const { return *this; }
+    Pair &          toPair() { return *this; }
+
+    using Pair::toString;
+};
+
+inline bool Selection::IsInside( long nIs ) const
+{
+    return ((nA <= nIs) && (nIs < nB ));
+}
+
+inline void Selection::Justify()
+{
+    if ( nA > nB )
+    {
+        long nHelp = nA;
+        nA = nB;
+        nB = nHelp;
+    }
+}
+
+inline bool operator ==(Selection const & s1, Selection const & s2)
+{
+    return tools::detail::equal(s1.toPair(), s2.toPair());
+}
+
+inline bool operator !=(Selection const & s1, Selection const & s2)
+{
+    return !(s1 == s2);
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const Selection& selection )
+{
+    return stream << selection.Min() << '-' << selection.Max();
+}
+// Rectangle
+
+#define RECT_MAX    LONG_MAX
+#define RECT_MIN    LONG_MIN
+
+/// Note: this class is a true marvel of engineering: because the author
+/// could not decide whether it's better to have a closed or half-open
+/// interval, they just implemented *both* in the same class!
+///
+/// If you have the misfortune of having to use this class, don't immediately
+/// despair but first take note that the uppercase GetWidth() / GetHeight()
+/// etc. methods interpret the interval as closed, while the lowercase
+/// getWidth() / getHeight() etc. methods interpret the interval as half-open.
+/// Ok, now is the time for despair.
+namespace tools
+{
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Rectangle final
+{
+    static constexpr short RECT_EMPTY = -32767;
+public:
+                        Rectangle();
+                        Rectangle( const Point& rLT, const Point& rRB );
+                        Rectangle( long nLeft, long nTop,
+                                   long nRight, long nBottom );
+    /// Constructs an empty Rectangle, with top/left at the specified params
+                        Rectangle( long nLeft, long nTop );
+                        Rectangle( const Point& rLT, const Size& rSize );
+
+    static Rectangle    Justify( const Point& rLT, const Point& rRB );
+
+    long                Left() const    { return nLeft;   }
+    long                Right() const;
+    long                Top() const     { return nTop;    }
+    long                Bottom() const;
+
+    void                SetLeft(long v)    { nLeft = v;   }
+    void                SetRight(long v)   { nRight = v;  }
+    void                SetTop(long v)     { nTop = v;    }
+    void                SetBottom(long v)  { nBottom = v; }
+
+    inline Point        TopLeft() const;
+    inline Point        TopRight() const;
+    inline Point        TopCenter() const;
+    inline Point        BottomLeft() const;
+    inline Point        BottomRight() const;
+    inline Point        BottomCenter() const;
+    inline Point        LeftCenter() const;
+    inline Point        RightCenter() const;
+    inline Point        Center() const;
+
+    /// Move the top and left edges by a delta, preserving width and height
+    inline void         Move( long nHorzMoveDelta, long nVertMoveDelta );
+    void                Move( Size const & s ) { Move(s.Width(), s.Height()); }
+    long                AdjustLeft( long nHorzMoveDelta ) { nLeft += nHorzMoveDelta; return nLeft; }
+    long                AdjustRight( long nHorzMoveDelta );
+    long                AdjustTop( long nVertMoveDelta ) { nTop += nVertMoveDelta; return nTop; }
+    long                AdjustBottom( long nVertMoveDelta );
+    inline void         SetPos( const Point& rPoint );
+    void                SetSize( const Size& rSize );
+    inline Size         GetSize() const;
+
+    /// Returns the difference between right and left, assuming the range is inclusive.
+    inline long         GetWidth() const;
+    /// Returns the difference between bottom and top, assuming the range is inclusive.
+    inline long         GetHeight() const;
+
+    tools::Rectangle&          Union( const tools::Rectangle& rRect );
+    tools::Rectangle&          Intersection( const tools::Rectangle& rRect );
+    inline tools::Rectangle    GetUnion( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+    inline tools::Rectangle    GetIntersection( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+
+    void                Justify();
+
+    bool                IsInside( const Point& rPOINT ) const;
+    bool                IsInside( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+    bool                IsOver( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+
+    void                SetEmpty() { nRight = nBottom = RECT_EMPTY; }
+    void                SetWidthEmpty() { nRight = RECT_EMPTY; }
+    void                SetHeightEmpty() { nBottom = RECT_EMPTY; }
+    inline bool         IsEmpty() const;
+    bool                IsWidthEmpty() const { return nRight == RECT_EMPTY; }
+    bool                IsHeightEmpty() const { return nBottom == RECT_EMPTY; }
+
+    inline bool         operator == ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+    inline bool         operator != ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+
+    inline tools::Rectangle&   operator += ( const Point& rPt );
+    inline tools::Rectangle&   operator -= ( const Point& rPt );
+
+    friend inline tools::Rectangle operator + ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect, const Point& rPt );
+    friend inline tools::Rectangle operator - ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect, const Point& rPt );
+
+    // ONE
+    long                getX() const { return nLeft; }
+    long                getY() const { return nTop; }
+    /// Returns the difference between right and left, assuming the range includes one end, but not the other.
+    long                getWidth() const;
+    /// Returns the difference between bottom and top, assuming the range includes one end, but not the other.
+    long                getHeight() const;
+    /// Set the left edge of the rectangle to x, preserving the width
+    void                setX( long x );
+    /// Set the top edge of the rectangle to y, preserving the height
+    void                setY( long y );
+    void                setWidth( long n ) { nRight = nLeft + n; }
+    void                setHeight( long n ) { nBottom = nTop + n; }
+    /// Returns the string representation of the rectangle, format is "x, y, width, height".
+    rtl::OString        toString() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Expands the rectangle in all directions by the input value.
+     */
+    void expand(long nExpandBy);
+    void shrink(long nShrinkBy);
+
+    /**
+     * Sanitizing variants for handling data from the outside
+     */
+    void                SaturatingSetSize(const Size& rSize);
+    void                SaturatingSetX(long x);
+    void                SaturatingSetY(long y);
+
+private:
+    long                nLeft;
+    long                nTop;
+    long                nRight;
+    long                nBottom;
+};
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle::Rectangle()
+{
+    nLeft = nTop = 0;
+    nRight = nBottom = RECT_EMPTY;
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle::Rectangle( const Point& rLT, const Point& rRB )
+{
+    nLeft   = rLT.X();
+    nTop    = rLT.Y();
+    nRight  = rRB.X();
+    nBottom = rRB.Y();
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle::Rectangle( long _nLeft,  long _nTop,
+                             long _nRight, long _nBottom )
+{
+    nLeft   = _nLeft;
+    nTop    = _nTop;
+    nRight  = _nRight;
+    nBottom = _nBottom;
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle::Rectangle( long _nLeft,  long _nTop )
+{
+    nLeft   = _nLeft;
+    nTop    = _nTop;
+    nRight = nBottom = RECT_EMPTY;
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle::Rectangle( const Point& rLT, const Size& rSize )
+{
+    nLeft   = rLT.X();
+    nTop    = rLT.Y();
+    nRight  = rSize.Width()  ? nLeft+(rSize.Width()-1) : RECT_EMPTY;
+    nBottom = rSize.Height() ? nTop+(rSize.Height()-1) : RECT_EMPTY;
+}
+
+inline bool tools::Rectangle::IsEmpty() const
+{
+    return (nRight == RECT_EMPTY) || (nBottom == RECT_EMPTY);
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::TopLeft() const
+{
+    return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::TopRight() const
+{
+    return Point( (nRight == RECT_EMPTY) ? nLeft : nRight, nTop );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::BottomLeft() const
+{
+    return Point( nLeft, (nBottom == RECT_EMPTY) ? nTop : nBottom );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::BottomRight() const
+{
+    return Point( (nRight  == RECT_EMPTY) ? nLeft : nRight,
+                  (nBottom == RECT_EMPTY) ? nTop  : nBottom );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::TopCenter() const
+{
+    if ( IsEmpty() )
+        return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+    else
+        return Point( std::min( nLeft, nRight ) + std::abs( (nRight - nLeft)/2 ),
+                      std::min( nTop,  nBottom) );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::BottomCenter() const
+{
+    if ( IsEmpty() )
+        return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+    else
+        return Point( std::min( nLeft, nRight ) + std::abs( (nRight - nLeft)/2 ),
+                      std::max( nTop,  nBottom) );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::LeftCenter() const
+{
+    if ( IsEmpty() )
+        return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+    else
+        return Point( std::min( nLeft, nRight ), nTop + (nBottom - nTop)/2 );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::RightCenter() const
+{
+    if ( IsEmpty() )
+        return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+    else
+        return Point( std::max( nLeft, nRight ), nTop + (nBottom - nTop)/2 );
+}
+
+inline Point tools::Rectangle::Center() const
+{
+    if ( IsEmpty() )
+        return Point( nLeft, nTop );
+    else
+        return Point( nLeft+(nRight-nLeft)/2 , nTop+(nBottom-nTop)/2 );
+}
+
+inline void tools::Rectangle::Move( long nHorzMove, long nVertMove )
+{
+    nLeft += nHorzMove;
+    nTop  += nVertMove;
+    if ( nRight != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nRight += nHorzMove;
+    if ( nBottom != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nBottom += nVertMove;
+}
+
+inline void tools::Rectangle::SetPos( const Point& rPoint )
+{
+    if ( nRight != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nRight += rPoint.X() - nLeft;
+    if ( nBottom != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nBottom += rPoint.Y() - nTop;
+    nLeft = rPoint.X();
+    nTop  = rPoint.Y();
+}
+
+inline long tools::Rectangle::GetWidth() const
+{
+    long n;
+    if ( nRight == RECT_EMPTY )
+        n = 0;
+    else
+    {
+        n = nRight - nLeft;
+        if( n < 0 )
+            n--;
+        else
+            n++;
+    }
+
+    return n;
+}
+
+inline long tools::Rectangle::GetHeight() const
+{
+    long n;
+    if ( nBottom == RECT_EMPTY )
+        n = 0;
+    else
+    {
+        n = nBottom - nTop;
+        if ( n < 0 )
+            n--;
+        else
+            n++;
+    }
+
+    return n;
+}
+
+inline Size tools::Rectangle::GetSize() const
+{
+    return Size( GetWidth(), GetHeight() );
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle tools::Rectangle::GetUnion( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aTmpRect( *this );
+    return aTmpRect.Union( rRect );
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle tools::Rectangle::GetIntersection( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aTmpRect( *this );
+    return aTmpRect.Intersection( rRect );
+}
+
+inline bool tools::Rectangle::operator == ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const
+{
+    return (nLeft   == rRect.nLeft   ) &&
+           (nTop    == rRect.nTop    ) &&
+           (nRight  == rRect.nRight  ) &&
+           (nBottom == rRect.nBottom );
+}
+
+inline bool tools::Rectangle::operator != ( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const
+{
+    return (nLeft   != rRect.nLeft   ) ||
+           (nTop    != rRect.nTop    ) ||
+           (nRight  != rRect.nRight  ) ||
+           (nBottom != rRect.nBottom );
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle& tools::Rectangle::operator +=( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    nLeft += rPt.X();
+    nTop  += rPt.Y();
+    if ( nRight != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nRight += rPt.X();
+    if ( nBottom != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nBottom += rPt.Y();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline tools::Rectangle& tools::Rectangle::operator -= ( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    nLeft -= rPt.X();
+    nTop  -= rPt.Y();
+    if ( nRight != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nRight -= rPt.X();
+    if ( nBottom != RECT_EMPTY )
+        nBottom -= rPt.Y();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+namespace tools
+{
+inline Rectangle operator + ( const Rectangle& rRect, const Point& rPt )
+{
+    return rRect.IsEmpty()
+        ?  Rectangle( rRect.nLeft  + rPt.X(), rRect.nTop    + rPt.Y() )
+        :  Rectangle( rRect.nLeft  + rPt.X(), rRect.nTop    + rPt.Y(),
+                      rRect.nRight + rPt.X(), rRect.nBottom + rPt.Y() );
+}
+
+inline Rectangle operator - ( const Rectangle& rRect, const Point& rPt )
+{
+    return rRect.IsEmpty()
+        ? Rectangle( rRect.nLeft - rPt.X(),  rRect.nTop - rPt.Y() )
+        : Rectangle( rRect.nLeft - rPt.X(),  rRect.nTop - rPt.Y(),
+                     rRect.nRight - rPt.X(), rRect.nBottom - rPt.Y() );
+}
+}
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const tools::Rectangle& rectangle )
+{
+    if (rectangle.IsEmpty())
+        return stream << "EMPTY";
+    else
+        return stream << rectangle.getWidth() << 'x' << rectangle.getHeight()
+                      << "@(" << rectangle.getX() << ',' << rectangle.getY() << ")";
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/globname.hxx b/include/tools/globname.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88a5e492d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/globname.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_GLOBNAME_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_GLOBNAME_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/cow_wrapper.hxx>
+
+struct SAL_WARN_UNUSED SvGUID
+{
+    sal_uInt32 Data1;
+    sal_uInt16 Data2;
+    sal_uInt16 Data3;
+    sal_uInt8  Data4[8];
+};
+
+struct SAL_WARN_UNUSED ImpSvGlobalName
+{
+    struct SvGUID   szData = {};
+
+    ImpSvGlobalName(const SvGUID &rData)
+        : szData(rData)
+    {
+    }
+    ImpSvGlobalName(sal_uInt32 n1, sal_uInt16 n2, sal_uInt16 n3,
+              sal_uInt8 b8, sal_uInt8 b9, sal_uInt8 b10, sal_uInt8 b11,
+              sal_uInt8 b12, sal_uInt8 b13, sal_uInt8 b14, sal_uInt8 b15);
+    ImpSvGlobalName( const ImpSvGlobalName & rObj );
+    ImpSvGlobalName() = default;
+
+    bool        operator == ( const ImpSvGlobalName & rObj ) const;
+};
+
+class SvStream;
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvGlobalName
+{
+    ::o3tl::cow_wrapper< ImpSvGlobalName > pImp;
+
+public:
+    SvGlobalName();
+    SvGlobalName( const SvGlobalName & rObj ) :
+        pImp( rObj.pImp )
+    {
+    }
+    SvGlobalName( SvGlobalName && rObj ) noexcept :
+        pImp( std::move(rObj.pImp) )
+    {
+    }
+
+    SvGlobalName( sal_uInt32 n1, sal_uInt16 n2, sal_uInt16 n3,
+                  sal_uInt8 b8, sal_uInt8 b9, sal_uInt8 b10, sal_uInt8 b11,
+                  sal_uInt8 b12, sal_uInt8 b13, sal_uInt8 b14, sal_uInt8 b15 );
+
+    // create SvGlobalName from a platform independent representation
+    SvGlobalName( const css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >& aSeq );
+
+    SvGlobalName( const SvGUID & rId );
+
+    SvGlobalName & operator = ( const SvGlobalName & rObj );
+    SvGlobalName & operator = ( SvGlobalName && rObj ) noexcept;
+    ~SvGlobalName();
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream & operator >> ( SvStream &, SvGlobalName & );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream & WriteSvGlobalName( SvStream &, const SvGlobalName & );
+
+    bool          operator < ( const SvGlobalName & rObj ) const;
+
+    bool          operator == ( const SvGlobalName & rObj ) const;
+    bool          operator != ( const SvGlobalName & rObj ) const
+                      { return !(*this == rObj); }
+
+    void          MakeFromMemory( void const * pData );
+    bool          MakeId( const OUString & rId );
+    OUString      GetHexName() const;
+
+    const SvGUID& GetCLSID() const { return pImp->szData; }
+
+    // platform independent representation of a "GlobalName"
+    // maybe transported remotely
+    css::uno::Sequence < sal_Int8 > GetByteSequence() const;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/helpers.hxx b/include/tools/helpers.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d00bad71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/helpers.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_HELPERS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_HELPERS_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+template<typename T>
+inline
+typename std::enable_if<
+             std::is_signed<T>::value || std::is_floating_point<T>::value, long >::type
+MinMax(T nVal, long nMin, long nMax)
+{
+    assert(nMin <= nMax);
+    if (nVal >= nMin)
+    {
+        if (nVal <= nMax)
+            return static_cast<long>(nVal);
+        else
+           return nMax;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return nMin;
+    }
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline
+typename std::enable_if<
+             std::is_unsigned<T>::value, long >::type
+MinMax(T nVal, long nMin, long nMax)
+{
+    assert(nMin <= nMax);
+    if (nMax < 0)
+    {
+        return nMax;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (nMin < 0 || nVal >= static_cast<unsigned long>(nMin))
+        {
+            if (nVal <= static_cast<unsigned long>(nMax))
+                return static_cast<long>(nVal);
+            else
+                return nMax;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return nMin;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+inline sal_uInt32 AlignedWidth4Bytes(sal_uInt32 nWidthBits)
+{
+    if (nWidthBits > SAL_MAX_UINT32 - 31)
+        nWidthBits = SAL_MAX_UINT32;
+    else
+        nWidthBits += 31;
+    return (nWidthBits >> 5) << 2;
+}
+
+inline long FRound( double fVal )
+{
+    return fVal > 0.0 ? static_cast<long>( fVal + 0.5 ) : -static_cast<long>( -fVal + 0.5 );
+}
+
+//valid range:  (-180,180]
+template <typename T>
+[[nodiscard]] inline typename std::enable_if<std::is_signed<T>::value, T>::type
+NormAngle180(T angle)
+{
+    while (angle <= -180)
+        angle += 360;
+    while (angle > 180)
+        angle -= 360;
+    return angle;
+}
+
+//valid range:  [0,360)
+template <typename T> [[nodiscard]] inline T NormAngle360(T angle)
+{
+    while (angle < 0)
+        angle += 360;
+    while (angle >= 360)
+        angle -= 360;
+    return angle;
+}
+
+/** Convert 100th-mm to twips
+
+    A twip is 1/20 of a point, one inch is equal to 72 points, and
+    one inch is 2,540 100th-mm.
+
+    Thus:
+        twips = n * 72 / 2,540 / 20
+              = n * 72 / 127
+
+    Adding 63 (half of 127) fixes truncation issues in int arithmetic.
+
+    This formula is (n>=0) ? (n*72+63) / 127 : (n*72-63) / 127
+ */
+inline sal_Int64 sanitiseMm100ToTwip(sal_Int64 n)
+{
+    if (n >= 0)
+    {
+        if (o3tl::checked_multiply<sal_Int64>(n, 72, n) || o3tl::checked_add<sal_Int64>(n, 63, n))
+            n = SAL_MAX_INT64;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (o3tl::checked_multiply<sal_Int64>(n, 72, n) || o3tl::checked_sub<sal_Int64>(n, 63, n))
+            n = SAL_MIN_INT64;
+    }
+    return n / 127; // 127 is 2,540 100th-mm divided by 20pts
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/inetmime.hxx b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce0469fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_INETMIME_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_INETMIME_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/character.hxx>
+#include <rtl/string.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+
+#include <unordered_map>
+
+struct INetContentTypeParameter
+{
+    /** The optional character set specification (see RFC 2231), in US-ASCII
+        encoding and converted to lower case.
+     */
+    OString m_sCharset;
+
+    /** The optional language specification (see RFC 2231), in US-ASCII
+        encoding and converted to lower case.
+     */
+    OString m_sLanguage;
+
+    /** The attribute value.  If the value is a quoted-string, it is
+        'unpacked.'  If a character set is specified, and the value can be
+        converted to Unicode, this is done.  Also, if no character set is
+        specified, it is first tried to convert the value from UTF-8 encoding
+        to Unicode, and if that doesn't work (because the value is not in
+        UTF-8 encoding), it is converted from ISO-8859-1 encoding to Unicode
+        (which will always work).  But if a character set is specified and the
+        value cannot be converted from that character set to Unicode, special
+        action is taken to produce a value that can possibly be transformed
+        back into its original form:  Any 8-bit character from a non-encoded
+        part of the original value is directly converted to Unicode
+        (effectively handling it as if it was ISO-8859-1 encoded), and any
+        8-bit character from an encoded part of the original value is mapped
+        to the range U+F800..U+F8FF at the top of the Corporate Use Subarea
+        within Unicode's Private Use Area (effectively adding 0xF800 to the
+        character's numeric value).
+     */
+    OUString m_sValue;
+
+    /** This is true if the value is successfully converted to Unicode, and
+        false if the value is a special mixture of ISO-LATIN-1 characters and
+        characters from Unicode's Private Use Area.
+     */
+    bool m_bConverted;
+};
+
+/** The key is the name of the attribute, in US-ASCII encoding and converted
+    to lower case.  If a parameter value is split as described in RFC 2231,
+    there will only be one item for the complete parameter, with the attribute
+    name lacking any section suffix.
+ */
+typedef std::unordered_map<OString, INetContentTypeParameter>
+    INetContentTypeParameterList;
+
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC INetMIME
+{
+public:
+    /** Check for US-ASCII visible character.
+
+        @param nChar  Some UCS-4 character.
+
+        @return  True if nChar is a US-ASCII visible character (US-ASCII
+        0x21--0x7E).
+     */
+    static inline bool isVisible(sal_uInt32 nChar);
+
+    /** Check whether some character is valid within an RFC 822 <atom>.
+
+        @param nChar  Some UCS-4 character.
+
+        @return  True if nChar is valid within an RFC 822 <atom> (US-ASCII
+        'A'--'Z', 'a'--'z', '0'--'9', '!', '#', '$', '%', '&', ''', '*', '+',
+        '-', '/', '=', '?', '^', '_', '`', '{', '|', '}', or '~').
+     */
+    static bool isAtomChar(sal_uInt32 nChar);
+
+    /** Check whether some character is valid within an RFC 2060 <atom>.
+
+        @param nChar  Some UCS-4 character.
+
+        @return  True if nChar is valid within an RFC 2060 <atom> (US-ASCII
+        'A'--'Z', 'a'--'z', '0'--'9', '!', '#', '$', '&', ''', '+', ',', '-',
+        '.', '/', ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', '@', '[', ']', '^', '_', '`',
+        '|', '}', or '~').
+     */
+    static bool isIMAPAtomChar(sal_uInt32 nChar);
+
+    /** Get the digit weight of a US-ASCII character.
+
+        @param nChar  Some UCS-4 character.
+
+        @return  If nChar is a US-ASCII (decimal) digit character (US-ASCII
+        '0'--'9'), return the corresponding weight (0--9); otherwise,
+        return -1.
+     */
+    static inline int getWeight(sal_uInt32 nChar);
+
+    /** Get the hexadecimal digit weight of a US-ASCII character.
+
+        @param nChar  Some UCS-4 character.
+
+        @return  If nChar is a US-ASCII hexadecimal digit character (US-ASCII
+        '0'--'9', 'A'--'F', or 'a'--'f'), return the corresponding weight
+        (0--15); otherwise, return -1.
+     */
+    static inline int getHexWeight(sal_uInt32 nChar);
+
+    /** Check two US-ASCII strings for equality, ignoring case.
+
+        @param pBegin1  Points to the start of the first string, must not be
+        null.
+
+        @param pEnd1  Points past the end of the first string, must be >=
+        pBegin1.
+
+        @param pString2  Points to the start of the null terminated second
+        string, must not be null.
+
+        @return  True if the two strings are equal, ignoring the case of US-
+        ASCII alphabetic characters (US-ASCII 'A'--'Z' and 'a'--'z').
+     */
+    static bool equalIgnoreCase(const sal_Unicode * pBegin1,
+                                const sal_Unicode * pEnd1,
+                                const char * pString2);
+
+    static bool scanUnsigned(const sal_Unicode *& rBegin,
+                             const sal_Unicode * pEnd, bool bLeadingZeroes,
+                             sal_uInt32 & rValue);
+
+    /** Parse the body of an RFC 2045 Content-Type header field.
+
+        @param pBegin  The range (that must be valid) from non-null pBegin,
+        inclusive. to non-null pEnd, exclusive, forms the body of the
+        Content-Type header field.  It must be of the form
+
+          token "/" token *(";" token "=" (token / quoted-string))
+
+        with intervening linear white space and comments (cf. RFCs 822, 2045).
+        The RFC 2231 extensions are supported.  The encoding of rMediaType
+        should be US-ASCII, but any Unicode values in the range U+0080..U+FFFF
+        are interpreted 'as appropriate.'
+
+        @param pType  If not null, returns the type (the first of the above
+        tokens), in US-ASCII encoding and converted to lower case.
+
+        @param pSubType  If not null, returns the sub-type (the second of the
+        above tokens), in US-ASCII encoding and converted to lower case.
+
+        @param pParameters  If not null, returns the parameters as a list of
+        INetContentTypeParameters (the attributes are in US-ASCII encoding and
+        converted to lower case, the values are in Unicode encoding).  If
+        null, only the syntax of the parameters is checked, but they are not
+        returned.
+
+        @return  Null if the syntax of the field body is incorrect (i.e., does
+        not start with type and sub-type tokens).  Otherwise, a pointer past the
+        longest valid input prefix.  If null is returned, none of the output
+        parameters will be modified.
+     */
+    static sal_Unicode const * scanContentType(
+        OUString const & rStr,
+        OUString * pType = nullptr, OUString * pSubType = nullptr,
+        INetContentTypeParameterList * pParameters = nullptr);
+
+    static OUString decodeHeaderFieldBody(const OString& rBody);
+
+    /** Get the UTF-32 character at the head of a UTF-16 encoded string.
+
+        @param rBegin  Points to the start of the UTF-16 encoded string, must
+        not be null.  On exit, it points past the first UTF-32 character's
+        encoding.
+
+        @param pEnd  Points past the end of the UTF-16 encoded string, must be
+        strictly greater than rBegin.
+
+        @return  The UCS-4 character at the head of the UTF-16 encoded string.
+        If the string does not start with the UTF-16 encoding of a UCS-32
+        character, the first UTF-16 value is returned.
+     */
+    static inline sal_uInt32 getUTF32Character(const sal_Unicode *& rBegin,
+                                               const sal_Unicode * pEnd);
+};
+
+// static
+inline bool INetMIME::isVisible(sal_uInt32 nChar)
+{
+    return nChar >= '!' && nChar <= '~';
+}
+
+// static
+inline int INetMIME::getWeight(sal_uInt32 nChar)
+{
+    return rtl::isAsciiDigit(nChar) ? int(nChar - '0') : -1;
+}
+
+// static
+inline int INetMIME::getHexWeight(sal_uInt32 nChar)
+{
+    return rtl::isAsciiDigit(nChar) ? int(nChar - '0') :
+           nChar >= 'A' && nChar <= 'F' ? int(nChar - 'A' + 10) :
+           nChar >= 'a' && nChar <= 'f' ? int(nChar - 'a' + 10) : -1;
+}
+
+// static
+inline sal_uInt32 INetMIME::getUTF32Character(const sal_Unicode *& rBegin,
+                                              const sal_Unicode * pEnd)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(rBegin && rBegin < pEnd,
+               "INetMIME::getUTF32Character(): Bad sequence");
+    if (rBegin + 1 < pEnd && rBegin[0] >= 0xD800 && rBegin[0] <= 0xDBFF
+        && rBegin[1] >= 0xDC00 && rBegin[1] <= 0xDFFF)
+    {
+        sal_uInt32 nUTF32 = sal_uInt32(*rBegin++ & 0x3FF) << 10;
+        return (nUTF32 | (*rBegin++ & 0x3FF)) + 0x10000;
+    }
+    else
+        return *rBegin++;
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/inetmsg.hxx b/include/tools/inetmsg.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd8073d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/inetmsg.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_INETMSG_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_INETMSG_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/string.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/inetmime.hxx>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+#include <vector>
+#include <map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <config_options.h>
+
+class DateTime;
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED INetMessageHeader
+{
+    OString m_aName;
+    OString m_aValue;
+
+public:
+    INetMessageHeader()
+    {}
+
+    INetMessageHeader (
+        const OString& rName, const OString& rValue)
+        : m_aName (rName), m_aValue (rValue)
+    {}
+
+    INetMessageHeader (
+        const INetMessageHeader& rHdr)
+        : m_aName (rHdr.m_aName), m_aValue (rHdr.m_aValue)
+    {}
+
+    INetMessageHeader& operator= (const INetMessageHeader& rHdr)
+    {
+        m_aName  = rHdr.m_aName;
+        m_aValue = rHdr.m_aValue;
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    const OString& GetName() const { return m_aName; }
+    const OString& GetValue() const { return m_aValue; }
+};
+
+enum class InetMessageMime
+{
+    VERSION                    = 0,
+    CONTENT_DISPOSITION        = 1,
+    CONTENT_TYPE               = 2,
+    CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING  = 3,
+    NUMHDR                     = 4,
+};
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) INetMIMEMessage
+{
+    ::std::vector< std::unique_ptr<INetMessageHeader> >
+                    m_aHeaderList;
+
+    SvLockBytesRef  m_xDocLB;
+
+    ::std::map<InetMessageMime, sal_uInt32>   m_nMIMEIndex;
+    INetMIMEMessage*                          pParent;
+    ::std::vector< std::unique_ptr<INetMIMEMessage> >
+                                              aChildren;
+    OString                 m_aBoundary;
+
+    OUString GetHeaderValue_Impl (
+        sal_uInt32 nIndex) const
+    {
+        if ( nIndex < m_aHeaderList.size() ) {
+            return INetMIME::decodeHeaderFieldBody(m_aHeaderList[ nIndex ]->GetValue());
+        } else {
+            return OUString();
+        }
+    }
+
+    void SetHeaderField_Impl (
+        const INetMessageHeader &rHeader, sal_uInt32 &rnIndex)
+    {
+        INetMessageHeader *p = new INetMessageHeader (rHeader);
+        if (m_aHeaderList.size() <= rnIndex)
+        {
+            rnIndex = m_aHeaderList.size();
+            m_aHeaderList.emplace_back( p );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            m_aHeaderList[ rnIndex ].reset(p);
+        }
+    }
+
+    void SetHeaderField_Impl (
+        const OString &rName,
+        const OUString &rValue,
+        sal_uInt32 &rnIndex);
+
+    bool IsMessage() const
+    {
+        OUString aType (GetContentType());
+        return aType.matchIgnoreAsciiCase("message/");
+    }
+
+    INetMIMEMessage (const INetMIMEMessage& rMsg) = delete;
+    INetMIMEMessage& operator= (const INetMIMEMessage& rMsg) = delete;
+
+public:
+    INetMIMEMessage();
+    ~INetMIMEMessage();
+
+    sal_uInt32 GetHeaderCount() const { return m_aHeaderList.size(); }
+
+    INetMessageHeader GetHeaderField (sal_uInt32 nIndex) const
+    {
+        if ( nIndex < m_aHeaderList.size() ) {
+            return *m_aHeaderList[ nIndex ];
+        } else {
+            return INetMessageHeader();
+        }
+    }
+
+    SvLockBytes* GetDocumentLB() const { return m_xDocLB.get(); }
+    void         SetDocumentLB (SvLockBytes *pDocLB) { m_xDocLB = pDocLB; }
+
+    static bool ParseDateField (
+        const OUString& rDateField, DateTime& rDateTime);
+
+    void     SetMIMEVersion (const OUString& rVersion);
+    void     SetContentDisposition (const OUString& rDisposition);
+    void     SetContentType (const OUString& rType);
+    OUString GetContentType() const
+    {
+        return GetHeaderValue_Impl(
+            m_nMIMEIndex.at(InetMessageMime::CONTENT_TYPE));
+    }
+
+    void     SetContentTransferEncoding (const OUString& rEncoding);
+
+    OUString GetDefaultContentType ();
+
+    // Message container methods.
+
+    bool IsContainer() const
+    {
+        return (IsMessage() || IsMultipart());
+    }
+    bool IsMultipart() const
+    {
+        OUString aType (GetContentType());
+        return aType.matchIgnoreAsciiCase("multipart/");
+    }
+
+    INetMIMEMessage* GetChild (sal_uInt32 nIndex) const
+    {
+        return ( nIndex < aChildren.size() ) ? aChildren[ nIndex ].get() : nullptr;
+    }
+    INetMIMEMessage* GetParent() const { return pParent; }
+
+    void EnableAttachMultipartFormDataChild();
+    void AttachChild( std::unique_ptr<INetMIMEMessage> pChildMsg );
+
+    const OString& GetMultipartBoundary() const { return m_aBoundary; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/inetstrm.hxx b/include/tools/inetstrm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50b0d25f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/inetstrm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <vector>
+#include <memory>
+#include <config_options.h>
+
+class INetMIMEMessage;
+
+class UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) INetMIMEMessageStream
+{
+    INetMIMEMessage *pSourceMsg;
+    bool            bHeaderGenerated;
+
+    std::vector<char> mvBuffer;
+    char           *pRead;
+    char           *pWrite;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SvStream>
+                    pMsgStrm;
+    SvMemoryStream  maMsgBuffer;
+    char           *pMsgRead;
+    char           *pMsgWrite;
+
+    bool done;
+
+    sal_uInt32             nChildIndex;
+    std::unique_ptr<INetMIMEMessageStream> pChildStrm;
+
+    INetMIMEMessageStream (const INetMIMEMessageStream& rStrm) = delete;
+    INetMIMEMessageStream& operator= (const INetMIMEMessageStream& rStrm) = delete;
+
+    int GetHeaderLine(char *pData, sal_uInt32 nSize);
+    int GetBodyLine(char *pData, sal_uInt32 nSize);
+    int GetMsgLine(char *pData, sal_uInt32 nSize);
+
+public:
+    explicit INetMIMEMessageStream(INetMIMEMessage *pMsg, bool headerGenerated);
+    ~INetMIMEMessageStream();
+
+    int Read (char *pData, sal_uInt32 nSize);
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/line.hxx b/include/tools/line.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97cf449fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/line.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINE_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+
+namespace tools
+{
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Line
+{
+private:
+    Point           maStart;
+    Point           maEnd;
+
+public:
+                    Line( const Point& rStartPt, const Point& rEndPt ) : maStart( rStartPt ), maEnd( rEndPt ) {}
+
+    void            SetStart( const Point& rStartPt ) { maStart = rStartPt; }
+    const Point&    GetStart() const  { return maStart; }
+
+    void            SetEnd( const Point& rEndPt ) { maEnd = rEndPt; }
+    const Point&    GetEnd() const { return maEnd; }
+
+    double          GetLength() const;
+
+    bool            Intersection( const tools::Line& rLine, double& rIntersectionX, double& rIntersectionY ) const;
+    bool            Intersection( const tools::Line& rLine, Point& rIntersection ) const;
+
+    double          GetDistance( const double& rPtX, const double& rPtY ) const;
+    double          GetDistance( const Point& rPoint ) const { return GetDistance( rPoint.X(), rPoint.Y() ); }
+};
+
+} // namespace tools
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/lineend.hxx b/include/tools/lineend.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..165d8b549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/lineend.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINEEND_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINEEND_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/string.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+enum LineEnd { LINEEND_CR, LINEEND_LF, LINEEND_CRLF };
+
+inline LineEnd GetSystemLineEnd()
+{
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    return LINEEND_CRLF;
+#else
+    return LINEEND_LF;
+#endif
+}
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString convertLineEnd(const OString &rIn, LineEnd eLineEnd);
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OUString convertLineEnd(const OUString &rIn, LineEnd eLineEnd);
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/link.hxx b/include/tools/link.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec88bf953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/link.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINK_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_LINK_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <sal/macros.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+#define DECL_LINK(Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    static RetType LinkStub##Member(void *, ArgType); \
+    RetType Member(ArgType)
+
+#define DECL_STATIC_LINK(Class, Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    static RetType LinkStub##Member(void *, ArgType); \
+    static RetType Member(Class *, ArgType)
+
+#define DECL_DLLPRIVATE_LINK(Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE static RetType LinkStub##Member(void *, ArgType); \
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE RetType Member(ArgType)
+
+#define DECL_DLLPRIVATE_STATIC_LINK(Class, Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE static RetType LinkStub##Member(void *, ArgType); \
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE static RetType Member(Class *, ArgType)
+
+#define IMPL_LINK(Class, Member, ArgType, ArgName, RetType) \
+    RetType Class::LinkStub##Member(void * instance, ArgType data) { \
+        return static_cast<Class *>(instance)->Member(data); \
+    } \
+    RetType Class::Member(ArgType ArgName)
+
+#define IMPL_LINK_NOARG(Class, Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    RetType Class::LinkStub##Member(void * instance, ArgType data) { \
+        return static_cast<Class *>(instance)->Member(data); \
+    } \
+    RetType Class::Member(SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER ArgType)
+
+#define IMPL_STATIC_LINK( \
+        Class, Member, ArgType, ArgName, RetType) \
+    RetType Class::LinkStub##Member(void * instance, ArgType data) { \
+        return Member(static_cast<Class *>(instance), data); \
+    } \
+    RetType Class::Member(SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER Class *, ArgType ArgName)
+
+#define IMPL_STATIC_LINK_NOARG( \
+        Class, Member, ArgType, RetType) \
+    RetType Class::LinkStub##Member(void * instance, ArgType data) { \
+        return Member(static_cast<Class *>(instance), data); \
+    } \
+    RetType Class::Member( \
+        SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER Class *, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER ArgType)
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+#define LINK(Instance, Class, Member) ::tools::detail::makeLink( \
+    ::tools::detail::castTo<Class *>(Instance), &Class::LinkStub##Member, __FILE__, __LINE__, SAL_STRINGIFY(Class::LinkStub##Member))
+#else
+#define LINK(Instance, Class, Member) ::tools::detail::makeLink( \
+    ::tools::detail::castTo<Class *>(Instance), &Class::LinkStub##Member)
+#endif
+
+template<typename Arg, typename Ret>
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED Link {
+public:
+    typedef Ret Stub(void *, Arg);
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    Link()
+        : function_(nullptr)
+        , instance_(nullptr)
+        , file_("unknown")
+        , line_(0)
+        , target_("unknown")
+    {
+    }
+
+    Link(void* instance, Stub* function, const char* const file = "unknown", const int line = 0,
+         const char* const target = "unknown")
+        : function_(function)
+        , instance_(instance)
+        , file_(file)
+        , line_(line)
+        , target_(target)
+    {
+    }
+#else
+    Link(): function_(nullptr), instance_(nullptr) {}
+
+    Link(void * instance, Stub * function):
+        function_(function), instance_(instance) {}
+#endif
+
+    Ret Call(Arg data) const
+    { return function_ == nullptr ? Ret() : (*function_)(instance_, data); }
+
+    bool IsSet() const { return function_ != nullptr; }
+
+    bool operator !() const { return !IsSet(); }
+
+    bool operator <(Link const & other) const {
+        char* ptr1 = reinterpret_cast<char*>(function_);
+        char* ptr2 = reinterpret_cast<char*>(other.function_);
+        if (ptr1 < ptr2)
+            return true;
+        else if (ptr1 > ptr2)
+            return false;
+        else
+            return instance_ < other.instance_;
+    };
+
+    bool operator ==(Link const & other) const
+    { return function_ == other.function_ && instance_ == other.instance_; };
+
+    void *GetInstance() const { return instance_; }
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    const char* getSourceFilename() const { return file_; }
+    int getSourceLineNumber() const { return line_; }
+    const char* getTargetName() const { return target_; }
+#endif
+
+private:
+    Stub * function_;
+    void * instance_;
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    /// Support tracing link source and target.
+    /// When debugging async events, it's often critical
+    /// to find out not only where a link leads (i.e. the target
+    /// function), but also where it was created (file:line).
+    const char* file_;
+    int line_;
+    const char* target_;
+#endif
+};
+
+// Class used to indicate that the Call() parameter is not in use:
+class LinkParamNone { LinkParamNone() = delete; };
+
+namespace tools::detail {
+
+// Avoids loplugin:redundantcast in LINK macro, in the common case that Instance
+// is already of type Class * (instead of a derived type):
+template<typename To, typename From> To castTo(From from)
+{ return static_cast<To>(from); }
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+template<typename Arg, typename Ret>
+Link<Arg, Ret> makeLink(void * instance, Ret (* function)(void *, Arg), const char* file, int line, const char* target) {
+    return Link<Arg, Ret>(instance, function, file, line, target);
+}
+#else
+template<typename Arg, typename Ret>
+Link<Arg, Ret> makeLink(void * instance, Ret (* function)(void *, Arg)) {
+    return Link<Arg, Ret>(instance, function);
+}
+#endif
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/mapunit.hxx b/include/tools/mapunit.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6112bc7ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/mapunit.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_MAPUNIT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_MAPUNIT_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <tools/UnitConversion.hxx>
+
+enum class MapUnit
+{
+    Map100thMM, Map10thMM, MapMM, MapCM,
+    Map1000thInch, Map100thInch, Map10thInch, MapInch,
+    MapPoint, MapTwip,
+    MapPixel,
+    MapSysFont, MapAppFont,
+    MapRelative,
+    LAST = MapRelative,
+    LASTENUMDUMMY // used as an error return
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/multisel.hxx b/include/tools/multisel.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e06a3dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/multisel.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_MULTISEL_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_MULTISEL_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+#include <vector>
+#include <set>
+
+#define SFX_ENDOFSELECTION      (-1)
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC MultiSelection
+{
+private:
+    std::vector< Range >
+                    aSels;      // array of SV-selections
+    Range           aTotRange;  // total range of indexes
+    sal_Int32       nCurSubSel; // index in aSels of current selected index
+    sal_Int32       nCurIndex;  // current selected entry
+    sal_Int32       nSelCount;  // number of selected indexes
+    bool            bCurValid;  // are nCurIndex and nCurSubSel valid
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void           ImplClear();
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE sal_Int32      ImplFindSubSelection( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const;
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void           ImplMergeSubSelections( sal_Int32 nPos1, sal_Int32 nPos2 );
+
+public:
+                    MultiSelection();
+                    MultiSelection( const MultiSelection& rOrig );
+                    MultiSelection( const Range& rRange );
+                    ~MultiSelection();
+
+    MultiSelection& operator= ( const MultiSelection& rOrig );
+
+    void            SelectAll( bool bSelect = true );
+    bool            Select( sal_Int32 nIndex, bool bSelect = true );
+    void            Select( const Range& rIndexRange, bool bSelect = true );
+    bool            IsSelected( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const;
+    bool            IsAllSelected() const
+                        { return nSelCount == aTotRange.Len(); }
+    sal_Int32       GetSelectCount() const { return nSelCount; }
+
+    void            SetTotalRange( const Range& rTotRange );
+    void            Insert( sal_Int32 nIndex, sal_Int32 nCount = 1 );
+    void            Remove( sal_Int32 nIndex );
+    void            Reset();
+
+    const Range&    GetTotalRange() const { return aTotRange; }
+    sal_Int32       FirstSelected();
+    sal_Int32       LastSelected();
+    sal_Int32       NextSelected();
+
+    sal_Int32       GetRangeCount() const { return aSels.size(); }
+    const Range&    GetRange( sal_Int32 nRange ) const { return aSels[nRange]; }
+};
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC StringRangeEnumerator
+{
+    struct Range
+    {
+        sal_Int32   nFirst;
+        sal_Int32   nLast;
+
+        Range( sal_Int32 i_nFirst, sal_Int32 i_nLast ) : nFirst( i_nFirst ), nLast( i_nLast ) {}
+    };
+    std::vector< StringRangeEnumerator::Range >            maSequence;
+    sal_Int32                                              mnCount;
+    sal_Int32                                              mnMin;
+    sal_Int32                                              mnMax;
+    sal_Int32                                              mnOffset;
+    bool                                                   mbValidInput;
+
+    bool setRange( const OUString& i_rNewRange );
+    bool insertRange( sal_Int32 nFirst, sal_Int32 nLast, bool bSequence );
+    void insertJoinedRanges( const std::vector< sal_Int32 >& rNumbers );
+    bool checkValue( sal_Int32, const std::set< sal_Int32 >* i_pPossibleValues = nullptr ) const;
+public:
+    class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Iterator
+    {
+        const StringRangeEnumerator*      pEnumerator;
+        const std::set< sal_Int32 >*      pPossibleValues;
+        sal_Int32                         nRangeIndex;
+        sal_Int32                         nCurrent;
+
+        friend class StringRangeEnumerator;
+        Iterator( const StringRangeEnumerator* i_pEnum,
+                  const std::set< sal_Int32 >* i_pPossibleValues,
+                  sal_Int32 i_nRange,
+                  sal_Int32 i_nCurrent )
+        : pEnumerator( i_pEnum ), pPossibleValues( i_pPossibleValues )
+        , nRangeIndex( i_nRange ), nCurrent( i_nCurrent ) {}
+
+    public:
+        Iterator& operator++();
+        sal_Int32 operator*() const { return nCurrent;}
+        bool operator==(const Iterator&) const;
+        bool operator!=(const Iterator& i_rComp) const
+        { return ! (*this == i_rComp); }
+    };
+
+    friend class StringRangeEnumerator::Iterator;
+
+    StringRangeEnumerator( const OUString& i_rInput,
+                           sal_Int32 i_nMinNumber,
+                           sal_Int32 i_nMaxNumber,
+                           sal_Int32 i_nLogicalOffset = -1
+                           );
+
+    sal_Int32 size() const { return mnCount; }
+    Iterator begin( const std::set< sal_Int32 >* i_pPossibleValues = nullptr ) const;
+    Iterator end( const std::set< sal_Int32 >* i_pPossibleValues = nullptr ) const;
+
+    bool hasValue( sal_Int32 nValue, const std::set< sal_Int32 >* i_pPossibleValues = nullptr ) const;
+
+    /**
+    i_rPageRange:     the string to be changed into a sequence of numbers
+                      valid format example "5-3,9,9,7-8" ; instead of ',' ';' or ' ' are allowed as well
+    o_rPageVector:    the output sequence of numbers
+    i_nLogicalOffset: an offset to be applied to each number in the string before inserting it in the resulting sequence
+                      example: a user enters page numbers from 1 to n (since that is logical)
+                               of course usable page numbers in code would start from 0 and end at n-1
+                               so the logical offset would be -1
+    i_nMinNumber:     the minimum allowed number
+    i_nMaxNumber:     the maximum allowed number
+
+    @returns: true if the input string was valid, o_rPageVector will contain the resulting sequence
+              false if the input string was invalid, o_rPageVector will contain
+                    the sequence that parser is able to extract
+
+    behavior:
+    - only non-negative sequence numbers are allowed
+    - only non-negative values in the input string are allowed
+    - the string "-3" means the sequence i_nMinNumber to 3
+    - the string "3-" means the sequence 3 to i_nMaxNumber
+    - the string "-" means the sequence i_nMinNumber to i_nMaxNumber
+    - single number that doesn't fit in [i_nMinNumber,i_nMaxNumber] will be ignored
+    - range that doesn't fit in [i_nMinNumber,i_nMaxNumber] will be adjusted
+    */
+    static bool getRangesFromString( const OUString& i_rPageRange,
+                                     std::vector< sal_Int32 >& o_rPageVector,
+                                     sal_Int32 i_nMinNumber,
+                                     sal_Int32 i_nMaxNumber,
+                                     sal_Int32 i_nLogicalOffset = -1,
+                                     std::set< sal_Int32 > const * i_pPossibleValues = nullptr
+                                    );
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/pathutils.hxx b/include/tools/pathutils.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fa5cc0d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/pathutils.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_PATHUTILS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_PATHUTILS_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#include <cstddef>
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+// The compiled code is not part of the tl dynamic library, but is delivered as
+// pathutils-obj and pathutils-slo objects (it is linked into special
+// executables and dynamic libraries that do not link against OOo libraries):
+namespace tools {
+
+/** Determine the filename part of a path.
+    @param path
+        A non-NULL pointer to a null-terminated path.
+    @return
+        A pointer to the trailing filename part of the given path.
+*/
+WCHAR * filename(WCHAR * path);
+
+/** Concatenate two paths.
+
+    Either the first path is empty and the second path is an absolute path. Or
+    the first path is an absolute path that ends in a backslash and the second
+    path is a relative path.  In the latter case, to avoid paths that grow too
+    long, leading .. segments of the second path are removed together with
+    trailing segments from the first path. This should not cause problems as long
+    as there are no symbolic links on Windows (as with symbolic links, x\y\.. and
+    x might denote different directories).
+
+    @param path
+        An output parameter taking the resulting path; must point at a valid
+        range of memory of size at least MAX_PATH.  If NULL is returned, the
+        content is unspecified.
+    @param frontBegin, frontEnd
+        Forms a valid range [frontBegin .. frontEnd) of less than MAX_PATH size.
+    @param backBegin, backLength
+        Forms a valid range [backBegin .. backBegin + backLength) of less than
+        MAX_PATH size.
+    @return
+        A pointer to the terminating null character of the concatenation, or NULL
+        if a failure occurred.
+*/
+WCHAR * buildPath(
+    WCHAR * path, WCHAR const * frontBegin, WCHAR const * frontEnd,
+    WCHAR const * backBegin, std::size_t backLength);
+
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/poly.hxx b/include/tools/poly.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..765865b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/poly.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_POLY_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_POLY_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/cow_wrapper.hxx>
+
+#include <vector>
+
+#define POLY_APPEND             (0xFFFF)
+#define POLYPOLY_APPEND         (0xFFFF)
+
+enum class PolyOptimizeFlags {
+    NONE      = 0x0000,
+    CLOSE     = 0x0001,
+    NO_SAME   = 0x0002,
+    EDGES     = 0x0004,
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<PolyOptimizeFlags> : is_typed_flags<PolyOptimizeFlags, 0x0007> {};
+}
+
+enum class PolyStyle
+{
+    Arc = 1,
+    Pie = 2,
+    Chord = 3
+};
+
+enum class PolyFlags : sal_uInt8
+{
+    Normal,   // start-/endpoint of a curve or a line
+    Smooth,   // smooth transition between curves
+    Control,  // control handles of a Bezier curve
+    Symmetric // smooth and symmetrical transition between curves
+};
+
+class SvStream;
+class ImplPolygon;
+struct ImplPolyPolygon;
+
+namespace basegfx
+{
+    class B2DPolygon;
+    class B2DPolyPolygon;
+}
+
+namespace tools {
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Polygon
+{
+public:
+    typedef             o3tl::cow_wrapper<ImplPolygon> ImplType;
+private:
+    ImplType            mpImplPolygon;
+
+public:
+    static void         ImplReduceEdges( tools::Polygon& rPoly, const double& rArea, sal_uInt16 nPercent );
+    void                ImplRead( SvStream& rIStream );
+    void                ImplWrite( SvStream& rOStream ) const;
+
+public:
+                        Polygon();
+                        Polygon( sal_uInt16 nSize );
+                        Polygon( sal_uInt16 nPoints, const Point* pPtAry,
+                                 const PolyFlags* pFlagAry = nullptr );
+                        Polygon( const tools::Rectangle& rRect );
+                        Polygon( const tools::Rectangle& rRect,
+                                 sal_uInt32 nHorzRound, sal_uInt32 nVertRound );
+                        Polygon( const Point& rCenter,
+                                 long nRadX, long nRadY );
+                        Polygon( const tools::Rectangle& rBound,
+                                 const Point& rStart, const Point& rEnd,
+                                 PolyStyle ePolyStyle = PolyStyle::Arc,
+                                 bool bWholeCircle = false );
+                        Polygon( const Point& rBezPt1, const Point& rCtrlPt1,
+                                 const Point& rBezPt2, const Point& rCtrlPt2,
+                                 sal_uInt16 nPoints );
+
+                        Polygon( const tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+                        Polygon( tools::Polygon&& rPoly) noexcept;
+                        ~Polygon();
+
+    void                SetPoint( const Point& rPt, sal_uInt16 nPos );
+    const Point&        GetPoint( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const;
+
+    void                SetFlags( sal_uInt16 nPos, PolyFlags eFlags );
+    PolyFlags           GetFlags( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const;
+    bool                HasFlags() const;
+
+    bool                IsRect() const;
+
+    void                SetSize( sal_uInt16 nNewSize );
+    sal_uInt16          GetSize() const;
+
+    void                Clear();
+
+    tools::Rectangle           GetBoundRect() const;
+    bool                IsInside( const Point& rPt ) const;
+    double              CalcDistance( sal_uInt16 nPt1, sal_uInt16 nPt2 ) const;
+    void                Clip( const tools::Rectangle& rRect );
+    void                Optimize( PolyOptimizeFlags nOptimizeFlags );
+
+    /** Adaptive subdivision of polygons with curves
+
+        This method adaptively subdivides bezier arcs within the
+        polygon to straight line segments and returns the resulting
+        polygon.
+
+        @param rResult
+        The resulting subdivided polygon
+
+        @param d
+        This parameter controls the amount of subdivision. The
+        original curve is guaranteed to not differ by more than this
+        amount per bezier segment from the subdivided
+        lines. Concretely, if the polygon is in device coordinates and
+        d equals 1.0, then the difference between the subdivided and
+        the original polygon is guaranteed to be smaller than one
+        pixel.
+     */
+    void                AdaptiveSubdivide( tools::Polygon& rResult, const double d = 1.0 ) const;
+    static Polygon      SubdivideBezier( const Polygon& rPoly );
+
+    void                Move( long nHorzMove, long nVertMove );
+    void                Translate( const Point& rTrans );
+    void                Scale( double fScaleX, double fScaleY );
+    void                Rotate( const Point& rCenter, double fSin, double fCos );
+    void                Rotate( const Point& rCenter, sal_uInt16 nAngle10 );
+
+    void                Insert( sal_uInt16 nPos, const Point& rPt );
+    void                Insert( sal_uInt16 nPos, const tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+
+    const Point&        operator[]( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const { return GetPoint( nPos ); }
+    Point&              operator[]( sal_uInt16 nPos );
+
+    tools::Polygon&     operator=( const tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+    tools::Polygon&     operator=( tools::Polygon&& rPoly ) noexcept;
+    bool                operator==( const tools::Polygon& rPoly ) const;
+    bool                operator!=( const tools::Polygon& rPoly ) const
+                            { return !(Polygon::operator==( rPoly )); }
+    bool                IsEqual( const tools::Polygon& rPoly ) const;
+
+    // streaming a Polygon does ignore PolyFlags, so use the Write Or Read
+    // method to take care of PolyFlags
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream&    ReadPolygon( SvStream& rIStream, tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream&    WritePolygon( SvStream& rOStream, const tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+
+    void                Read( SvStream& rIStream );
+    void                Write( SvStream& rOStream ) const;
+
+    Point *             GetPointAry();
+    const Point*        GetConstPointAry() const;
+    const PolyFlags*    GetConstFlagAry() const;
+
+    // convert to ::basegfx::B2DPolygon and return
+    ::basegfx::B2DPolygon getB2DPolygon() const;
+
+    // constructor to convert from ::basegfx::B2DPolygon
+    // #i76339# made explicit
+    explicit Polygon(const ::basegfx::B2DPolygon& rPolygon);
+};
+
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC PolyPolygon
+{
+private:
+    o3tl::cow_wrapper<ImplPolyPolygon>  mpImplPolyPolygon;
+
+    enum class PolyClipOp {
+        INTERSECT,
+        UNION
+    };
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void  ImplDoOperation( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly, tools::PolyPolygon& rResult, PolyClipOp nOperation ) const;
+
+public:
+                        PolyPolygon( sal_uInt16 nInitSize = 16 );
+                        PolyPolygon( const tools::Polygon& rPoly );
+                        PolyPolygon( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly );
+                        PolyPolygon( tools::PolyPolygon&& rPolyPoly ) noexcept;
+                        ~PolyPolygon();
+
+    void                Insert( const tools::Polygon& rPoly, sal_uInt16 nPos = POLYPOLY_APPEND );
+    void                Remove( sal_uInt16 nPos );
+    void                Replace( const Polygon& rPoly, sal_uInt16 nPos );
+    const tools::Polygon& GetObject( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const;
+
+    bool                IsRect() const;
+
+    void                Clear();
+
+    sal_uInt16          Count() const;
+    tools::Rectangle           GetBoundRect() const;
+    void                Clip( const tools::Rectangle& rRect );
+    void                Optimize( PolyOptimizeFlags nOptimizeFlags );
+
+    /** Adaptive subdivision of polygons with curves
+
+        This method adaptively subdivides bezier arcs within the
+        polygon to straight line segments and returns the resulting
+        polygon.
+
+        @param rResult
+        The resulting subdivided polygon
+
+        If the polygon is in device coordinates, then the difference between the subdivided and
+        the original polygon is guaranteed to be smaller than one
+        pixel.
+     */
+    void                AdaptiveSubdivide( tools::PolyPolygon& rResult ) const;
+    static tools::PolyPolygon  SubdivideBezier( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly );
+
+    void                GetIntersection( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly, tools::PolyPolygon& rResult ) const;
+    void                GetUnion( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly, tools::PolyPolygon& rResult ) const;
+
+    void                Move( long nHorzMove, long nVertMove );
+    void                Translate( const Point& rTrans );
+    void                Scale( double fScaleX, double fScaleY );
+    void                Rotate( const Point& rCenter, double fSin, double fCos );
+    void                Rotate( const Point& rCenter, sal_uInt16 nAngle10 );
+
+    const tools::Polygon& operator[]( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const { return GetObject( nPos ); }
+    tools::Polygon& operator[]( sal_uInt16 nPos );
+
+    tools::PolyPolygon& operator=( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly );
+    tools::PolyPolygon& operator=( tools::PolyPolygon&& rPolyPoly ) noexcept;
+    bool                operator==( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly ) const;
+    bool                operator!=( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly ) const
+                            { return !(PolyPolygon::operator==( rPolyPoly )); }
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream&    ReadPolyPolygon( SvStream& rIStream, tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend SvStream&    WritePolyPolygon( SvStream& rOStream, const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly );
+
+    void                Read( SvStream& rIStream );
+    void                Write( SvStream& rOStream ) const;
+
+    // convert to ::basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon and return
+    ::basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon getB2DPolyPolygon() const;
+
+    // constructor to convert from ::basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon
+     // #i76339# made explicit
+     explicit PolyPolygon(const ::basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPolyPolygon);
+};
+
+} /* namespace tools */
+
+typedef std::vector< tools::PolyPolygon > PolyPolyVector;
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/ref.hxx b/include/tools/ref.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f245bf08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/ref.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_REF_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_REF_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <utility>
+
+/**
+   This implements similar functionality to boost::intrusive_ptr
+*/
+
+namespace tools {
+
+/** T must be a class that extends SvRefBase */
+template<typename T> class SAL_DLLPUBLIC_RTTI SvRef final {
+public:
+    SvRef(): pObj(nullptr) {}
+
+    SvRef(SvRef&& rObj) noexcept
+    {
+        pObj = rObj.pObj;
+        rObj.pObj = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    SvRef(SvRef const & rObj): pObj(rObj.pObj)
+    {
+        if (pObj != nullptr) pObj->AddNextRef();
+    }
+
+    SvRef(T * pObjP): pObj(pObjP)
+    {
+        if (pObj != nullptr) pObj->AddFirstRef();
+    }
+
+    ~SvRef()
+    {
+        if (pObj != nullptr) pObj->ReleaseRef();
+    }
+
+    void clear()
+    {
+        if (pObj != nullptr) {
+            T * pRefObj = pObj;
+            pObj = nullptr;
+            pRefObj->ReleaseRef();
+        }
+    }
+
+    SvRef & operator =(SvRef const & rObj)
+    {
+        if (rObj.pObj != nullptr) {
+            rObj.pObj->AddNextRef();
+        }
+        T * pRefObj = pObj;
+        pObj = rObj.pObj;
+        if (pRefObj != nullptr) {
+            pRefObj->ReleaseRef();
+        }
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    SvRef & operator =(SvRef && rObj)
+    {
+        if (pObj != nullptr) {
+            pObj->ReleaseRef();
+        }
+        pObj = rObj.pObj;
+        rObj.pObj = nullptr;
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool is()         const { return pObj != nullptr; }
+
+    explicit operator bool() const { return is(); }
+
+    T * get()         const { return pObj; }
+
+    T * operator ->() const { assert(pObj != nullptr); return pObj; }
+
+    T & operator *()  const { assert(pObj != nullptr); return *pObj; }
+
+    bool operator ==(const SvRef<T> &rhs) const { return pObj == rhs.pObj; }
+    bool operator !=(const SvRef<T> &rhs) const { return !(*this == rhs); }
+
+private:
+    T * pObj;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This implements similar functionality to std::make_shared.
+ */
+template<typename T, typename... Args>
+SvRef<T> make_ref(Args&& ... args)
+{
+    return SvRef<T>(new T(std::forward<Args>(args)...));
+}
+
+}
+
+/** Classes that want to be referenced-counted via SvRef<T>, should extend this base class */
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvRefBase
+{
+    // work around a clang 3.5 optimization bug: if the bNoDelete is *first*
+    // it mis-compiles "if (--nRefCount == 0)" and never deletes any object
+    unsigned int nRefCount : 31;
+    // the only reason this is not bool is because MSVC cannot handle mixed type bitfields
+    unsigned int bNoDelete : 1;
+
+protected:
+    virtual         ~SvRefBase() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE;
+
+public:
+                    SvRefBase() : nRefCount(0), bNoDelete(1) {}
+                    SvRefBase(const SvRefBase &) : nRefCount(0), bNoDelete(1) {}
+
+    SvRefBase &     operator=(const SvRefBase &) { return *this; }
+
+    void            RestoreNoDelete()
+                    { bNoDelete = 1; }
+
+    void            AddNextRef()
+                    {
+                        assert( nRefCount < (1 << 30) && "Do not add refs to dead objects" );
+                        ++nRefCount;
+                    }
+
+    void            AddFirstRef()
+                    {
+                        assert( nRefCount < (1 << 30) && "Do not add refs to dead objects" );
+                        if( bNoDelete )
+                            bNoDelete = 0;
+                        ++nRefCount;
+                    }
+
+    void            ReleaseRef()
+                    {
+                        assert( nRefCount >= 1);
+                        if( --nRefCount == 0 && !bNoDelete)
+                        {
+                            // I'm not sure about the original purpose of this line, but right now
+                            // it serves the purpose that anything that attempts to do an AddRef()
+                            // after an object is deleted will trip an assert.
+                            nRefCount = 1 << 30;
+                            delete this;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+    unsigned int    GetRefCount() const
+                    { return nRefCount; }
+};
+
+template<typename T>
+class SvCompatWeakBase;
+
+/** SvCompatWeakHdl acts as an intermediary between SvCompatWeakRef<T> and T.
+*/
+template<typename T>
+class SvCompatWeakHdl final : public SvRefBase
+{
+    friend class SvCompatWeakBase<T>;
+    T* _pObj;
+
+    SvCompatWeakHdl( T* pObj ) : _pObj( pObj ) {}
+
+public:
+    void  ResetWeakBase( ) { _pObj = nullptr; }
+    T*    GetObj()        { return _pObj; }
+};
+
+/** We only have one place that extends this, in include/sfx2/frame.hxx, class SfxFrame.
+    Its function is to notify the SvCompatWeakHdl when an SfxFrame object is deleted.
+*/
+template<typename T>
+class SvCompatWeakBase
+{
+    tools::SvRef< SvCompatWeakHdl<T> > _xHdl;
+
+public:
+    /** Does not use initializer due to compiler warnings,
+        because the lifetime of the _xHdl object can exceed the lifetime of this class.
+     */
+    SvCompatWeakBase( T* pObj ) { _xHdl = new SvCompatWeakHdl<T>( pObj ); }
+
+    ~SvCompatWeakBase() { _xHdl->ResetWeakBase(); }
+
+    SvCompatWeakHdl<T>* GetHdl() { return _xHdl.get(); }
+};
+
+/** We only have one weak reference in LO, in include/sfx2/frame.hxx, class SfxFrameWeak.
+*/
+template<typename T>
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED SvCompatWeakRef
+{
+    tools::SvRef< SvCompatWeakHdl<T> > _xHdl;
+public:
+    SvCompatWeakRef( ) {}
+    SvCompatWeakRef( T* pObj )
+                         {  if( pObj ) _xHdl = pObj->GetHdl(); }
+#if defined(__COVERITY__)
+    ~SvCompatWeakRef() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE {}
+#endif
+    SvCompatWeakRef& operator = ( T * pObj )
+                         {  _xHdl = pObj ? pObj->GetHdl() : nullptr; return *this; }
+    bool          is() const
+                         { return _xHdl.is() && _xHdl->GetObj(); }
+    explicit operator bool() const { return is(); }
+    T*            operator -> () const
+                         { return _xHdl.is() ? _xHdl->GetObj() : nullptr; }
+    operator T* () const
+                         { return _xHdl.is() ? _xHdl->GetObj() : nullptr; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/resary.hxx b/include/tools/resary.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9573a9aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/resary.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_RESARY_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_RESARY_HXX
+
+#define RESARRAY_INDEX_NOTFOUND (0xffffffff)
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/simd.hxx b/include/tools/simd.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdfdb8928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/simd.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_SIMD_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_SIMD_HXX
+
+namespace simd
+{
+template <typename T, unsigned int N> inline bool isAligned(const T* pointer)
+{
+    return 0 == (uintptr_t(pointer) % N);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T roundDown(T value, unsigned int multiple)
+{
+    return value & ~(multiple - 1);
+}
+
+} // end namespace simd
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_TOOLS_SIMD_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/simdsupport.hxx b/include/tools/simdsupport.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ef7a6980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/simdsupport.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Determine the compiler support for SIMD compiler intrinsics.
+// This changes from one compiled unit to the other, depending if
+// the support has been detected and if the compiled unit contains
+// code using intrinsics or not. So we have to (re)set them again
+// every time this file has been included.
+
+#undef LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE
+#undef LO_SSSE3_AVAILABLE
+#undef LO_AVX_AVAILABLE
+#undef LO_AVX2_AVAILABLE
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) // VISUAL STUDIO COMPILER
+
+// SSE2 is required for X64
+#if (defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_IX86_FP) && _M_IX86_FP >= 2)
+#define LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE
+#endif // end SSE2
+
+// compiled with /arch:AVX
+#if defined(__AVX__)
+#ifndef LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE
+#define LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE
+#endif
+#define LO_SSSE3_AVAILABLE
+#define LO_AVX_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__AVX__)
+
+// compiled with /arch:AVX2
+#if defined(__AVX2__)
+#define LO_AVX2_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__AVX2__)
+
+#else // compiler Clang and GCC
+
+#if defined(__SSE2__) || defined(__x86_64__) // SSE2 is required for X64
+#define LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__SSE2__)
+
+#if defined(__SSSE3__)
+#define LO_SSSE3_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__SSSE3__)
+
+#if defined(__AVX__)
+#define LO_AVX_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__AVX__)
+
+#if defined(__AVX2__)
+#define LO_AVX2_AVAILABLE
+#endif // defined(__AVX2__)
+
+#endif // end compiler Clang and GCC
+
+// If we detect any SIMD intrinsics, include the headers automatically
+#if defined(LO_SSE2_AVAILABLE)
+#include <emmintrin.h>
+#elif defined(LO_SSSE3_AVAILABLE)
+#include <tmmintrin.h>
+#elif defined(LO_AVX_AVAILABLE) || defined(LO_AVX2_AVAILABLE)
+#include <immintrin.h>
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/solar.h b/include/tools/solar.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..721573287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/solar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_SOLAR_H
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_SOLAR_H
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <osl/endian.h>
+
+/** Intermediate type to solve type clash with Windows headers.
+ Should be removed as soon as all code parts have been reviewed
+ and the correct type is known. Most of the times ULONG is meant
+ to be a 32-Bit unsigned integer type as sal_uInt32 is often
+ used for data exchange or for similar method args. */
+typedef sal_uIntPtr    sal_uLong; /* Replaces type ULONG */
+
+// misc. macros to leverage platform and compiler differences
+
+#define DELETEZ( p )    ( delete p,p = NULL )
+
+// solar binary types
+
+/* Solar (portable) Binary (exchange) Type; OSI 6 subset
+   always little endian;
+   not necessarily aligned */
+
+typedef sal_uInt8   SVBT16[2];
+typedef sal_uInt8   SVBT32[4];
+typedef sal_uInt8   SVBT64[8];
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+inline sal_uInt16 SVBT16ToUInt16( const SVBT16 p ) { return static_cast<sal_uInt16>
+                                                     (static_cast<sal_uInt16>(p[0])
+                                                   + (static_cast<sal_uInt16>(p[1]) <<  8)); }
+inline sal_Int16 SVBT16ToInt16( const SVBT16 p ) { return sal_Int16(SVBT16ToUInt16(p)); }
+inline sal_uInt32 SVBT32ToUInt32 ( const SVBT32 p ) { return static_cast<sal_uInt32>
+                                                     (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(p[0])
+                                                   + (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(p[1]) <<  8)
+                                                   + (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(p[2]) << 16)
+                                                   + (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(p[3]) << 24)); }
+#if defined OSL_LITENDIAN
+inline double   SVBT64ToDouble( const SVBT64 p )
+{
+    double n;
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[0] = p[0];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[1] = p[1];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[2] = p[2];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[3] = p[3];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[4] = p[4];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[5] = p[5];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[6] = p[6];
+    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[7] = p[7];
+    return n;
+}
+#else
+inline double   SVBT64ToDouble( const SVBT64 p ) { double n;
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[0] = p[7];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[1] = p[6];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[2] = p[5];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[3] = p[4];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[4] = p[3];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[5] = p[2];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[6] = p[1];
+                                                    reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[7] = p[0];
+                                                    return n; }
+#endif
+
+inline void     ShortToSVBT16( sal_uInt16 n, SVBT16 p )
+{
+    p[0] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n);
+    p[1] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n >>  8);
+}
+inline void     UInt32ToSVBT32 ( sal_uInt32  n, SVBT32 p )
+{
+    p[0] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n);
+    p[1] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n >>  8);
+    p[2] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n >> 16);
+    p[3] = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(n >> 24);
+}
+inline void     Int32ToSVBT32 ( sal_Int32  n, SVBT32 p ) { UInt32ToSVBT32(sal_uInt32(n), p); }
+#if defined OSL_LITENDIAN
+inline void     DoubleToSVBT64( double n, SVBT64 p ) { p[0] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[0];
+                                                       p[1] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[1];
+                                                       p[2] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[2];
+                                                       p[3] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[3];
+                                                       p[4] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[4];
+                                                       p[5] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[5];
+                                                       p[6] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[6];
+                                                       p[7] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[7]; }
+#else
+inline void     DoubleToSVBT64( double n, SVBT64 p ) { p[0] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[7];
+                                                       p[1] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[6];
+                                                       p[2] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[5];
+                                                       p[3] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[4];
+                                                       p[4] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[3];
+                                                       p[5] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[2];
+                                                       p[6] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[1];
+                                                       p[7] = reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(&n)[0]; }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/stream.hxx b/include/tools/stream.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cbe1a3e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/stream.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_STREAM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_STREAM_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <tools/lineend.hxx>
+#include <tools/ref.hxx>
+#include <vcl/errcode.hxx>
+#include <rtl/string.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class StreamData;
+
+inline rtl_TextEncoding GetStoreCharSet( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding )
+{
+    if ( eEncoding == RTL_TEXTENCODING_ISO_8859_1 )
+        return RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252;
+    else
+        return eEncoding;
+}
+
+// StreamTypes
+
+// read, write, create,... options
+enum class StreamMode {
+    NONE                     = 0x0000,
+    READ                     = 0x0001,  ///< allow read accesses
+    WRITE                    = 0x0002,  ///< allow write accesses
+// file i/o
+    NOCREATE                 = 0x0004,  ///< 1 == Don't create file
+    TRUNC                    = 0x0008,  ///< Truncate _existing_ file to zero length
+    COPY_ON_SYMLINK          = 0x0010,  ///< copy-on-write for symlinks (Unix)
+    TEMPORARY                = 0x0020,  ///< temporary file attribute (Windows)
+// sharing options
+    SHARE_DENYNONE           = 0x0100,
+    SHARE_DENYREAD           = 0x0200,  // overrides denynone
+    SHARE_DENYWRITE          = 0x0400,  // overrides denynone
+    SHARE_DENYALL            = 0x0800,  // overrides denyread,write,none
+// masks
+    READWRITE                = READ | WRITE,
+    STD_READ                 = READ | SHARE_DENYNONE | NOCREATE,
+    STD_WRITE                = WRITE | SHARE_DENYALL,
+    STD_READWRITE            = READWRITE | SHARE_DENYALL
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<StreamMode> : is_typed_flags<StreamMode, 0x0f3f> {};
+}
+
+#define STREAM_SEEK_TO_BEGIN            0L
+#define STREAM_SEEK_TO_END              SAL_MAX_UINT64
+
+enum class SvStreamEndian { BIG, LITTLE };
+
+enum class SvStreamCompressFlags {
+    NONE     = 0x0000,
+    ZBITMAP  = 0x0001,
+    NATIVE   = 0x0010,
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SvStreamCompressFlags> : is_typed_flags<SvStreamCompressFlags, 0x0011> {};
+}
+
+class SvStream;
+
+typedef SvStream& (*SvStrPtr)( SvStream& );
+
+inline SvStream& operator<<( SvStream& rStr, SvStrPtr f );
+
+// SvLockBytes
+
+struct SvLockBytesStat
+{
+    std::size_t nSize;
+
+    SvLockBytesStat() : nSize(0) {}
+};
+
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvLockBytes: public virtual SvRefBase
+{
+    SvStream * m_pStream;
+    bool m_bOwner;
+    bool m_bSync;
+
+protected:
+    void close();
+
+public:
+
+    SvLockBytes() : m_pStream(nullptr), m_bOwner(false), m_bSync(false) {}
+
+    SvLockBytes(SvStream * pTheStream, bool bTheOwner = false) :
+        m_pStream(pTheStream), m_bOwner(bTheOwner), m_bSync(false) {}
+
+    virtual ~SvLockBytes() override { close(); }
+
+    const SvStream * GetStream() const { return m_pStream; }
+
+    void            SetSynchronMode(bool bTheSync = true) { m_bSync = bTheSync; }
+    bool            IsSynchronMode() const { return m_bSync; }
+
+    virtual ErrCode ReadAt(sal_uInt64 nPos, void * pBuffer, std::size_t nCount,
+                           std::size_t * pRead) const;
+    virtual ErrCode WriteAt(sal_uInt64 nPos, const void * pBuffer, std::size_t nCount,
+                            std::size_t * pWritten);
+
+    virtual ErrCode Flush() const;
+
+    virtual ErrCode SetSize(sal_uInt64 nSize);
+
+    virtual ErrCode Stat(SvLockBytesStat * pStat) const;
+};
+
+typedef tools::SvRef<SvLockBytes> SvLockBytesRef;
+
+// SvStream
+
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvStream
+{
+private:
+    // LockBytes Interface
+    SvLockBytesRef  m_xLockBytes; ///< Default implementation
+    sal_uInt64      m_nActPos;
+
+    // buffer management
+    std::unique_ptr<sal_uInt8[]>
+                    m_pRWBuf;     ///< Points to read/write buffer
+    sal_uInt8*      m_pBufPos;    ///< m_pRWBuf + m_nBufActualPos
+    sal_uInt16      m_nBufSize;   ///< Allocated size of buffer
+    sal_uInt16      m_nBufActualLen; ///< Length of used segment of buffer
+                                  ///< = m_nBufSize, if EOF did not occur
+    sal_uInt16      m_nBufActualPos; ///< current position in buffer (0..m_nBufSize-1)
+    sal_uInt16      m_nBufFree;   ///< number of free slots in buffer to IO of type eIOMode
+    bool            m_isIoRead;
+    bool            m_isIoWrite;
+
+    // Error codes, conversion, compression, ...
+    bool            m_isDirty;  ///< true: Stream != buffer content
+    bool            m_isSwap;
+    bool            m_isEof;
+    ErrCode         m_nError;
+    SvStreamEndian  m_nEndian;
+    SvStreamCompressFlags m_nCompressMode;
+    LineEnd         m_eLineDelimiter;
+    rtl_TextEncoding m_eStreamCharSet;
+
+    // Encryption
+    OString m_aCryptMaskKey;// aCryptMaskKey.getLength != 0  -> Encryption used
+    unsigned char   m_nCryptMask;
+
+    // Userdata
+    sal_Int32       m_nVersion;   // for external use
+
+                    SvStream ( const SvStream& rStream ) = delete;
+    SvStream&       operator=( const SvStream& rStream ) = delete;
+
+protected:
+    sal_uInt64      m_nBufFilePos; ///< File position of pBuf[0]
+    StreamMode      m_eStreamMode;
+    bool            m_isWritable;
+
+    virtual std::size_t GetData( void* pData, std::size_t nSize );
+    virtual std::size_t PutData( const void* pData, std::size_t nSize );
+    virtual sal_uInt64 SeekPos( sal_uInt64 nPos );
+    virtual void    FlushData();
+    virtual void    SetSize(sal_uInt64 nSize);
+
+    void            FlushBuffer();
+    void            ClearError();
+    void            ClearBuffer();
+
+    // encrypt and write in blocks
+    std::size_t     CryptAndWriteBuffer( const void* pStart, std::size_t nLen );
+    void            EncryptBuffer( void* pStart, std::size_t nLen ) const;
+
+public:
+                    SvStream();
+                    SvStream( SvLockBytes *pLockBytes);
+    virtual         ~SvStream();
+
+    SvLockBytes*    GetLockBytes() const { return m_xLockBytes.get(); }
+
+    ErrCode         GetError() const { return m_nError.IgnoreWarning(); }
+    ErrCode const & GetErrorCode() const { return m_nError; }
+    void            SetError( ErrCode nErrorCode );
+    virtual void    ResetError();
+
+    void            SetEndian( SvStreamEndian SvStreamEndian );
+    SvStreamEndian  GetEndian() const { return m_nEndian; }
+    /// returns status of endian swap flag
+    bool            IsEndianSwap() const { return m_isSwap; }
+
+    void            SetCompressMode( SvStreamCompressFlags nNewMode )
+                        { m_nCompressMode = nNewMode; }
+    SvStreamCompressFlags GetCompressMode() const { return m_nCompressMode; }
+
+    void SetCryptMaskKey(const OString& rCryptMaskKey);
+
+    void            SetStreamCharSet( rtl_TextEncoding eCharSet )
+                        { m_eStreamCharSet = eCharSet; }
+    rtl_TextEncoding GetStreamCharSet() const { return m_eStreamCharSet; }
+
+    void            SetLineDelimiter( LineEnd eLineEnd )
+                        { m_eLineDelimiter = eLineEnd; }
+    LineEnd         GetLineDelimiter() const { return m_eLineDelimiter; }
+
+    SvStream&       ReadUInt16( sal_uInt16& rUInt16 );
+    SvStream&       ReadUInt32( sal_uInt32& rUInt32 );
+    SvStream&       ReadUInt64( sal_uInt64& rUInt64 );
+    SvStream&       ReadInt16( sal_Int16& rInt16 );
+    SvStream&       ReadInt32( sal_Int32& rInt32 );
+    SvStream&       ReadInt64(sal_Int64 & rInt64);
+    SvStream&       ReadSChar( signed char& rChar );
+    SvStream&       ReadChar( char& rChar );
+    SvStream&       ReadUChar( unsigned char& rChar );
+    SvStream&       ReadUtf16( sal_Unicode& rUtf16 );
+    SvStream&       ReadCharAsBool( bool& rBool );
+    SvStream&       ReadFloat( float& rFloat );
+    SvStream&       ReadDouble( double& rDouble );
+    SvStream&       ReadStream( SvStream& rStream );
+
+    SvStream&       WriteUInt16( sal_uInt16 nUInt16 );
+    SvStream&       WriteUInt32( sal_uInt32 nUInt32 );
+    SvStream&       WriteUInt64( sal_uInt64 nuInt64 );
+    SvStream&       WriteInt16( sal_Int16 nInt16 );
+    SvStream&       WriteInt32( sal_Int32 nInt32 );
+    SvStream&       WriteInt64( sal_Int64 nInt64 );
+    SvStream&       WriteUInt8( sal_uInt8 nuInt8 );
+    SvStream&       WriteUnicode( sal_Unicode );
+    SvStream&       WriteOString(const OString& rStr)
+                        { WriteBytes(rStr.getStr(), rStr.getLength()); return *this; }
+    SvStream&       WriteStream( SvStream& rStream );
+    sal_uInt64      WriteStream( SvStream& rStream, sal_uInt64 nSize );
+
+    SvStream&       WriteBool( bool b )
+                        { return WriteUChar(static_cast<unsigned char>(b)); }
+    SvStream&       WriteSChar( signed char nChar );
+    SvStream&       WriteChar( char nChar );
+    SvStream&       WriteUChar( unsigned char nChar );
+    SvStream&       WriteFloat( float nFloat );
+    SvStream&       WriteDouble( const double& rDouble );
+    SvStream&       WriteCharPtr( const char* pBuf );
+
+    SvStream&       WriteUInt32AsString( sal_uInt32 nUInt32 );
+    SvStream&       WriteInt32AsString( sal_Int32 nInt32 );
+
+    std::size_t     ReadBytes( void* pData, std::size_t nSize );
+    std::size_t     WriteBytes( const void* pData, std::size_t nSize );
+    sal_uInt64      Seek( sal_uInt64 nPos );
+    sal_uInt64      SeekRel( sal_Int64 nPos );
+    sal_uInt64      Tell() const { return m_nBufFilePos + m_nBufActualPos;  }
+    virtual sal_uInt64 TellEnd();
+    // length between current (Tell()) pos and end of stream
+    sal_uInt64      remainingSize();
+    void            Flush();
+    // next Tell() <= nSize
+    bool            SetStreamSize( sal_uInt64 nSize );
+
+    /** Read a line of bytes.
+
+        @param nMaxBytesToRead
+                   Maximum of bytes to read, if line is longer it will be
+                   truncated.
+
+        @note NOTE that the default is one character less than STRING_MAXLEN to
+              prevent problems after conversion to String that may be lurking
+              in various places doing something like
+              @code
+                for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i < aString.Len(); ++i)
+              @endcode
+              causing endless loops ...
+    */
+    bool            ReadLine( OString& rStr, sal_Int32 nMaxBytesToRead = 0xFFFE );
+    bool            WriteLine( const OString& rStr );
+
+    /** Read a line of bytes.
+
+        @param nMaxBytesToRead
+                   Maximum of bytes to read, if line is longer it will be
+                   truncated.
+
+        @note NOTE that the default is one character less than STRING_MAXLEN to
+              prevent problems after conversion to String that may be lurking
+              in various places doing something like
+              @code
+                for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i < aString.Len(); ++i)
+              @endcode
+              causing endless loops ...
+    */
+    bool            ReadByteStringLine( OUString& rStr, rtl_TextEncoding eSrcCharSet,
+                                        sal_Int32 nMaxBytesToRead = 0xFFFE );
+    bool            WriteByteStringLine( const OUString& rStr, rtl_TextEncoding eDestCharSet );
+
+    /// Switch to no endian swapping and write 0xfeff
+    void            StartWritingUnicodeText();
+
+    /** If eReadBomCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW: read 16bit, if 0xfeff do
+        nothing (UTF-16), if 0xfffe switch endian swapping (UTF-16), if 0xefbb
+        or 0xbbef read another byte and check for UTF-8. If no UTF-* BOM was
+        detected put all read bytes back. This means that if 2 bytes were read
+        it was an UTF-16 BOM, if 3 bytes were read it was an UTF-8 BOM. There
+        is no UTF-7, UTF-32 or UTF-EBCDIC BOM detection!
+
+        If eReadBomCharSet!=RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW: only read a BOM of that
+        encoding and switch endian swapping if UTF-16 and 0xfffe. */
+    void            StartReadingUnicodeText( rtl_TextEncoding eReadBomCharSet );
+
+    /** Read a line of Unicode.
+
+        @param nMaxCodepointsToRead
+                   Maximum of codepoints (UCS-2 or UTF-16 pairs, not bytes) to
+                   read, if line is longer it will be truncated.
+    */
+    bool            ReadUniStringLine(OUString& rStr, sal_Int32 nMaxCodepointsToRead);
+    /** Read a 32bit length prefixed sequence of utf-16 if
+        eSrcCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_UNICODE, otherwise read a 16bit length
+        prefixed sequence of bytes and convert from eSrcCharSet */
+    OUString        ReadUniOrByteString(rtl_TextEncoding eSrcCharSet);
+    /** Write a 32bit length prefixed sequence of utf-16 if
+        eSrcCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_UNICODE, otherwise convert to eSrcCharSet
+        and write a 16bit length prefixed sequence of bytes */
+    SvStream&       WriteUniOrByteString( const OUString& rStr, rtl_TextEncoding eDestCharSet );
+
+    /** Read a line of Unicode if eSrcCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_UNICODE,
+        otherwise read a line of Bytecode and convert from eSrcCharSet
+
+        @param nMaxCodepointsToRead
+                   Maximum of codepoints (2 bytes if Unicode, bytes if not
+                   Unicode) to read, if line is longer it will be truncated.
+
+        @note NOTE that the default is one character less than STRING_MAXLEN to
+              prevent problems after conversion to String that may be lurking in
+              various places doing something like
+              @code
+                for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i < aString.Len(); ++i)
+              @endcode
+              causing endless loops ...
+    */
+    bool            ReadUniOrByteStringLine( OUString& rStr, rtl_TextEncoding eSrcCharSet,
+                                             sal_Int32 nMaxCodepointsToRead = 0xFFFE );
+    /** Write a sequence of Unicode characters if
+        eDestCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_UNICODE, otherwise write a sequence of
+        Bytecodes converted to eDestCharSet */
+    bool            WriteUnicodeOrByteText( const OUString& rStr, rtl_TextEncoding eDestCharSet );
+    bool            WriteUnicodeOrByteText( const OUString& rStr )
+                    { return WriteUnicodeOrByteText( rStr, GetStreamCharSet() ); }
+
+    /** Write a Unicode character if eDestCharSet==RTL_TEXTENCODING_UNICODE,
+        otherwise write as Bytecode converted to eDestCharSet.
+
+        This may result in more than one byte being written if a multi byte
+        encoding (e.g. UTF7, UTF8) is chosen. */
+    bool            WriteUniOrByteChar( sal_Unicode ch, rtl_TextEncoding eDestCharSet );
+    bool            WriteUniOrByteChar( sal_Unicode ch )
+                    { return WriteUniOrByteChar( ch, GetStreamCharSet() ); }
+
+    void            SetBufferSize( sal_uInt16 m_nBufSize );
+    sal_uInt16      GetBufferSize() const { return m_nBufSize; }
+
+    void            RefreshBuffer();
+
+    bool            IsWritable() const { return m_isWritable; }
+    StreamMode      GetStreamMode() const { return m_eStreamMode; }
+
+    sal_Int32       GetVersion() const { return m_nVersion; }
+    void            SetVersion( sal_Int32 n ) { m_nVersion = n; }
+
+    friend SvStream& operator<<( SvStream& rStr, SvStrPtr f ); // for Manips
+
+    /// end of input seen during previous i/o operation
+    bool eof() const { return m_isEof; }
+
+    /// stream is broken
+    bool bad() const { return GetError() != ERRCODE_NONE; }
+
+    /** Get state
+
+        If the state is good() the previous i/o operation succeeded.
+
+        If the state is good(), the next input operation might succeed;
+        otherwise, it will fail.
+
+        Applying an input operation to a stream that is not in the good() state
+        is a null operation as far as the variable being read into is concerned.
+
+        If we try to read into a variable v and the operation fails, the value
+        of v should be unchanged,
+    */
+    bool good() const { return !(eof() || bad()); }
+
+private:
+    template<typename T>
+    void readNumberWithoutSwap(T& rDataDest)
+    { readNumberWithoutSwap_(&rDataDest, sizeof(rDataDest)); }
+
+    void readNumberWithoutSwap_(void * pDataDest, int nDataSize);
+
+    template<typename T>
+    void writeNumberWithoutSwap(T const & rDataSrc)
+    { writeNumberWithoutSwap_(&rDataSrc, sizeof(rDataSrc)); }
+
+    void writeNumberWithoutSwap_(const void * pDataSrc, int nDataSize);
+};
+
+inline SvStream& operator<<( SvStream& rStr, SvStrPtr f )
+{
+    (*f)(rStr);
+    return rStr;
+}
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvStream& endl( SvStream& rStr );
+/// same as endl() but Unicode
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvStream& endlu( SvStream& rStr );
+/// call endlu() if m_eStreamCharSet==RTL_TEXTECODING_UNICODE otherwise endl()
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvStream& endlub( SvStream& rStr );
+
+/// Attempt to read nUnits 8bit units to an OString, returned OString's
+/// length is number of units successfully read
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString read_uInt8s_ToOString(SvStream& rStrm,
+    std::size_t nUnits);
+
+/// Attempt to read nUnits 8bit units to an OUString
+inline OUString read_uInt8s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+    std::size_t nUnits, rtl_TextEncoding eEnc)
+{
+    return OStringToOUString(read_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm, nUnits), eEnc);
+}
+
+/// Attempt to read nUnits 16bit units to an OUString, returned
+/// OUString's length is number of units successfully read
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OUString read_uInt16s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+    std::size_t nUnits);
+
+/// Attempt to read a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed sequence of
+/// 16bit units to an OUString, returned OString's length is number of
+/// units successfully read.
+inline OUString read_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt16s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm)
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nUnits = 0;
+    rStrm.ReadUInt16( nUnits );
+    return read_uInt16s_ToOUString(rStrm, nUnits);
+}
+
+inline OUString read_uInt32_lenPrefixed_uInt16s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm)
+{
+    sal_uInt32 nUnits = 0;
+    rStrm.ReadUInt32( nUnits );
+    return read_uInt16s_ToOUString(rStrm, nUnits);
+}
+
+/// Attempt to write a prefixed sequence of nUnits 16bit units from an OUString,
+/// returned value is number of bytes written
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC std::size_t write_uInt16s_FromOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+    const OUString& rStr, std::size_t nUnits);
+
+inline std::size_t write_uInt16s_FromOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+    const OUString& rStr)
+{
+    return write_uInt16s_FromOUString(rStrm, rStr, rStr.getLength());
+}
+
+/// Attempt to write a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed sequence
+/// of 16bit units from an OUString, returned value is number of bytes written
+/// (including byte-count of prefix)
+std::size_t write_uInt32_lenPrefixed_uInt16s_FromOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                                const OUString &rStr);
+
+/// Attempt to write a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed sequence
+/// of 16bit units from an OUString, returned value is number of bytes written
+/// (including byte-count of prefix)
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC std::size_t write_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt16s_FromOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                                const OUString &rStr);
+
+/// Attempt to read 8bit units to an OString until a zero terminator is
+/// encountered, returned OString's length is number of units *definitely*
+/// successfully read, check SvStream::good() to see if null terminator was
+/// successfully read
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OString read_zeroTerminated_uInt8s_ToOString(SvStream& rStrm);
+
+/// Attempt to read 8bit units assuming source encoding eEnc to an OUString
+/// until a zero terminator is encountered. Check SvStream::good() to see if
+/// null terminator was successfully read
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC OUString read_zeroTerminated_uInt8s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm, rtl_TextEncoding eEnc);
+
+/// Attempt to read a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed sequence of
+/// 8bit units to an OString, returned OString's length is number of units
+/// successfully read.
+inline OString read_uInt32_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOString(SvStream& rStrm)
+{
+    sal_uInt32 nUnits = 0;
+    rStrm.ReadUInt32(nUnits);
+    return read_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm, nUnits);
+}
+inline OString read_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOString(SvStream& rStrm)
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nUnits = 0;
+    rStrm.ReadUInt16(nUnits);
+    return read_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm, nUnits);
+}
+
+inline OString read_uInt8_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOString(SvStream& rStrm)
+{
+    sal_uInt8 nUnits = 0;
+    rStrm.ReadUChar(nUnits);
+    return read_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm, nUnits);
+}
+
+inline OUString read_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                                          rtl_TextEncoding eEnc)
+{
+    return OStringToOUString(read_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm), eEnc);
+}
+
+inline OUString read_uInt8_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                                         rtl_TextEncoding eEnc)
+{
+    return OStringToOUString(read_uInt8_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_ToOString(rStrm), eEnc);
+}
+
+/// Attempt to write a prefixed sequence of nUnits 8bit units from an OString,
+/// returned value is number of bytes written
+inline std::size_t write_uInt8s_FromOString(SvStream& rStrm, const OString& rStr,
+                                                         std::size_t nUnits)
+{
+    return rStrm.WriteBytes(rStr.getStr(), nUnits);
+}
+
+inline std::size_t write_uInt8s_FromOString(SvStream& rStrm, const OString& rStr)
+{
+    return write_uInt8s_FromOString(rStrm, rStr, rStr.getLength());
+}
+
+/// Attempt to write a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed
+/// sequence of units from a string-type, returned value is number of bytes
+/// written (including byte-count of prefix)
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC std::size_t write_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_FromOString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                              const OString &rStr);
+
+/// Attempt to write a pascal-style length (of type prefix) prefixed sequence
+/// of 8bit units from an OUString, returned value is number of bytes written
+/// (including byte-count of prefix)
+inline std::size_t write_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_FromOUString(SvStream& rStrm,
+                                               const OUString &rStr,
+                                               rtl_TextEncoding eEnc)
+{
+    return write_uInt16_lenPrefixed_uInt8s_FromOString(rStrm, OUStringToOString(rStr, eEnc));
+}
+
+[[nodiscard]] TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC bool checkSeek(SvStream &rSt, sal_uInt64 nOffset);
+
+// FileStream
+
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvFileStream final : public SvStream
+{
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<StreamData>
+                    pInstanceData;
+    OUString        aFilename;
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    sal_uInt16      nLockCounter;
+#endif
+    bool            bIsOpen;
+
+    SvFileStream (const SvFileStream&) = delete;
+    SvFileStream & operator= (const SvFileStream&) = delete;
+
+    bool LockFile();
+    void UnlockFile();
+
+    virtual std::size_t GetData( void* pData, std::size_t nSize ) override;
+    virtual std::size_t PutData( const void* pData, std::size_t nSize ) override;
+    virtual sal_uInt64 SeekPos( sal_uInt64 nPos ) override;
+    virtual void    SetSize( sal_uInt64 nSize ) override;
+    virtual void    FlushData() override;
+
+public:
+                    // Switches to Read StreamMode on failed attempt of Write opening
+                    SvFileStream( const OUString& rFileName, StreamMode eOpenMode );
+                    SvFileStream();
+                    virtual ~SvFileStream() override;
+
+    virtual void    ResetError() override;
+
+    void            Open( const OUString& rFileName, StreamMode eOpenMode );
+    void            Close();
+    bool            IsOpen() const { return bIsOpen; }
+
+    const OUString& GetFileName() const { return aFilename; }
+};
+
+// MemoryStream
+
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvMemoryStream : public SvStream
+{
+    SvMemoryStream (const SvMemoryStream&) = delete;
+    SvMemoryStream & operator= (const SvMemoryStream&) = delete;
+
+protected:
+    std::size_t     nSize;
+    std::size_t     nResize;
+    std::size_t     nPos;
+    std::size_t     nEndOfData;
+    sal_uInt8*      pBuf;
+    bool            bOwnsData;
+
+    virtual std::size_t GetData( void* pData, std::size_t nSize ) override;
+    virtual std::size_t PutData( const void* pData, std::size_t nSize ) override;
+    virtual sal_uInt64 SeekPos( sal_uInt64 nPos ) override;
+    virtual void    SetSize( sal_uInt64 nSize ) override;
+    virtual void    FlushData() override;
+
+    /// AllocateMemory must update pBuf accordingly
+    /// - pBuf: Address of new block
+    void    AllocateMemory( std::size_t nSize );
+
+    /// ReAllocateMemory must update the following variables:
+    /// - pBuf: Address of new block
+    /// - nEndOfData: Set to nNewSize-1 , if outside of block
+    ///               Set to 0 , if new block size is 0 bytes
+    /// - nSize: New block size
+    /// - nPos: Set to 0 if position outside of block
+    bool    ReAllocateMemory( long nDiff );
+
+    /// Is called when this stream allocated the buffer or the buffer is
+    /// resized. FreeMemory may need to NULLify handles in derived classes.
+    void    FreeMemory();
+
+public:
+                    SvMemoryStream( void* pBuf, std::size_t nSize, StreamMode eMode);
+                    SvMemoryStream( std::size_t nInitSize=512, std::size_t nResize=64 );
+                    virtual ~SvMemoryStream() override;
+
+    virtual void    ResetError() override;
+
+    sal_uInt64      GetSize();
+    std::size_t     GetEndOfData() const { return nEndOfData; }
+    const void*     GetData() { Flush(); return pBuf; }
+
+    // return the buffer currently in use, and allocate a new buffer internally
+    void*           SwitchBuffer();
+    // the buffer is not owned by this class
+    void            SetBuffer( void* pBuf, std::size_t nSize, std::size_t nEOF );
+
+    void            ObjectOwnsMemory( bool bOwn ) { bOwnsData = bOwn; }
+    void            SetResizeOffset( std::size_t nNewResize ) { nResize = nNewResize; }
+    virtual sal_uInt64 TellEnd() override { FlushBuffer(); return nEndOfData; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/svborder.hxx b/include/tools/svborder.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61e1270e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/svborder.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_SVBORDER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_SVBORDER_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+namespace tools { class Rectangle; }
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC SvBorder
+{
+    long nTop, nRight, nBottom, nLeft;
+
+public:
+    SvBorder()
+    {
+        nTop = nRight = nBottom = nLeft = 0;
+    }
+    SvBorder( long nLeftP, long nTopP, long nRightP, long nBottomP )
+    {
+        nLeft = nLeftP;
+        nTop = nTopP;
+        nRight = nRightP;
+        nBottom = nBottomP;
+    }
+    bool    operator == ( const SvBorder & rObj ) const
+            {
+                return nTop == rObj.nTop && nRight == rObj.nRight &&
+                       nBottom == rObj.nBottom && nLeft == rObj.nLeft;
+            }
+    bool    operator != ( const SvBorder & rObj ) const
+            { return !(*this == rObj); }
+    SvBorder & operator += ( const SvBorder & rBorder )
+            {
+                Left()   += rBorder.Left();
+                Top()    += rBorder.Top();
+                Right()  += rBorder.Right();
+                Bottom() += rBorder.Bottom();
+                return *this;
+            }
+    long &  Top()    { return nTop; }
+    long &  Right()  { return nRight; }
+    long &  Bottom() { return nBottom; }
+    long &  Left()   { return nLeft; }
+    long    Top()    const { return nTop; }
+    long    Right()  const { return nRight; }
+    long    Bottom() const { return nBottom; }
+    long    Left()   const { return nLeft; }
+};
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC tools::Rectangle & operator += ( tools::Rectangle & rRect, const SvBorder & rBorder );
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/svlibrary.h b/include/tools/svlibrary.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a46d8c88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/svlibrary.h
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SVLIBRARY
+#define SVLIBRARY( Base ) SAL_MODULENAME( Base "lo" )
+#include <osl/module.h>
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/tenccvt.hxx b/include/tools/tenccvt.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d1cdcff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/tenccvt.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_TENCCVT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_TENCCVT_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/textenc.h>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+// Functions for handling Import/Export
+
+/// return an encoding which has more defined Characters as the given
+/// encoding, but have the same definition for the defined characters
+/// e.g.: windows-1252 for iso-8859-1 or windows-1254 for iso-8859-9
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl_TextEncoding GetExtendedCompatibilityTextEncoding( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding );
+
+/// return an encoding which has more defined Characters as the given
+/// encoding. The encodings could be different.
+/// e.g.: windows-1251 for iso-8859-5
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl_TextEncoding GetExtendedTextEncoding( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding );
+
+/// if the given encoding is an multi-byte encoding (which allows more than
+/// one byte per char, e.g. UTF-8 or Shift-JIS), a one-byte encoding
+/// is returned (normally windows-1252).
+rtl_TextEncoding GetOneByteTextEncoding( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding );
+
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl_TextEncoding GetSOLoadTextEncoding( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding );
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl_TextEncoding GetSOStoreTextEncoding( rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding );
+
+/**
+ * Given a Unicode character, return a legacy Microsoft Encoding which
+ * supports it. Returns RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW if there is
+ * no encoding which could support the character
+ *
+ * Useful as a utility to categorize unicode characters into the best fit
+ * windows charset range for exporting to ww6 & wmf or as a hint to non \u
+ * unicode token aware rtf readers
+ */
+TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC rtl_TextEncoding getBestMSEncodingByChar(sal_Unicode c);
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/time.hxx b/include/tools/time.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..414b28f72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/time.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_TIME_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_TIME_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/Time.hpp>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::util { struct DateTime; }
+
+/**
+ @WARNING: This class can serve both as wall clock time and time duration, and
+           the mixing of these concepts leads to problems such as there being
+           25 hours or 10 minus 20 seconds being (non-negative) 10 seconds.
+*/
+
+namespace tools {
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC Time
+{
+private:
+    sal_Int64       nTime;
+    void            init( sal_uInt32 nHour, sal_uInt32 nMin,
+                          sal_uInt32 nSec, sal_uInt64 nNanoSec);
+
+public:
+    enum TimeInitSystem
+    {
+        SYSTEM
+    };
+
+    // temporary until all uses are inspected and resolved
+    enum TimeInitEmpty
+    {
+        EMPTY
+    };
+    static const sal_Int64 hourPerDay = 24;
+    static const sal_Int64 minutePerHour = 60;
+    static const sal_Int64 secondPerMinute = 60;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoSecPerSec = 1000000000;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoSecPerMinute = nanoSecPerSec * secondPerMinute;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoSecPerHour = nanoSecPerSec * secondPerMinute * minutePerHour;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoSecPerDay = nanoSecPerSec * secondPerMinute * minutePerHour * hourPerDay;
+    static const sal_Int64 secondPerHour = secondPerMinute * minutePerHour;
+    static const sal_Int64 secondPerDay  = secondPerMinute * minutePerHour * hourPerDay;
+    static const sal_Int64 minutePerDay  = minutePerHour * hourPerDay;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoPerMicro  = 1000;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoPerMilli  = 1000000;
+    static const sal_Int64 nanoPerCenti  = 10000000;
+
+                    explicit Time( TimeInitEmpty )
+                        { nTime = 0; }
+                    explicit Time( TimeInitSystem );
+                    explicit Time( sal_Int64 _nTime ) { Time::nTime = _nTime; }
+                    Time( const tools::Time& rTime );
+                    Time( const css::util::Time& rTime );
+                    explicit Time( const css::util::DateTime& rDateTime );
+                    Time( sal_uInt32 nHour, sal_uInt32 nMin,
+                          sal_uInt32 nSec = 0, sal_uInt64 nNanoSec = 0 );
+
+    void            SetTime( sal_Int64 nNewTime ) { nTime = nNewTime; }
+    sal_Int64       GetTime() const { return nTime; }
+    css::util::Time GetUNOTime() const { return css::util::Time(GetNanoSec(),GetSec(),GetMin(),GetHour(),false); }
+
+    void            SetHour( sal_uInt16 nNewHour );
+    void            SetMin( sal_uInt16 nNewMin );
+    void            SetSec( sal_uInt16 nNewSec );
+    void            SetNanoSec( sal_uInt32 nNewNanoSec );
+    sal_uInt16      GetHour() const
+                    { sal_uInt64 nTempTime = (nTime >= 0) ? nTime : -nTime;
+                      return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nTempTime / SAL_CONST_UINT64(10000000000000)); }
+    sal_uInt16      GetMin() const
+                    { sal_uInt64 nTempTime = (nTime >= 0) ? nTime : -nTime;
+                      return static_cast<sal_uInt16>((nTempTime / SAL_CONST_UINT64(100000000000)) % 100); }
+    sal_uInt16      GetSec() const
+                    { sal_uInt64 nTempTime = (nTime >= 0) ? nTime : -nTime;
+                      return static_cast<sal_uInt16>((nTempTime / SAL_CONST_UINT64(1000000000)) % 100); }
+    sal_uInt32      GetNanoSec() const
+                    { sal_uInt64 nTempTime = (nTime >= 0) ? nTime : -nTime;
+                      return static_cast<sal_uInt32>( nTempTime % SAL_CONST_UINT64(1000000000)); }
+
+    // TODO: consider removing GetMSFromTime and MakeTimeFromMS?
+    sal_Int32       GetMSFromTime() const;
+    void            MakeTimeFromMS( sal_Int32 nMS );
+    sal_Int64       GetNSFromTime() const;
+    void            MakeTimeFromNS( sal_Int64 nNS );
+
+                    /// 12 hours == 0.5 days
+    double          GetTimeInDays() const;
+
+    /** Get the wall clock time particles for a (date+)time value.
+
+        Does the necessary rounding and truncating to obtain hour, minute,
+        second and fraction of second from a double time value (time in days,
+        0.5 == 12h) such that individual values are not rounded up, i.e.
+        x:59:59.999 does not yield x+1:0:0.00
+
+        A potential date component (fTimeInDays >= 1.0) is discarded.
+
+        @param  nFractionDecimals
+                If > 0 fFractionOfSecond is truncated to that amount of
+                decimals.
+                Else fFractionOfSecond returns the full remainder of the
+                fractional second.
+     */
+    static void     GetClock( double fTimeInDays,
+                              sal_uInt16& nHour, sal_uInt16& nMinute, sal_uInt16& nSecond,
+                              double& fFractionOfSecond, int nFractionDecimals );
+
+    bool            IsEqualIgnoreNanoSec( const tools::Time& rTime ) const;
+
+    bool            operator ==( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime == rTime.nTime); }
+    bool            operator !=( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime != rTime.nTime); }
+    bool            operator  >( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime > rTime.nTime); }
+    bool            operator  <( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime < rTime.nTime); }
+    bool            operator >=( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime >= rTime.nTime); }
+    bool            operator <=( const tools::Time& rTime ) const
+                    { return (nTime <= rTime.nTime); }
+
+    static Time     GetUTCOffset();
+
+    /**
+     * Elapsed time in milliseconds (1e-3) since some unspecified starting point
+     *
+     * Convenience function, which just calls GetMonotonicTicks() / 1000.
+     */
+    static sal_uInt64 GetSystemTicks();
+
+    /**
+     * Elapsed time in microseconds (1e-6) since some unspecified starting point
+     *
+     * Uses the high-precision, monotonic time sources provided by the OS, if
+     * available. Don't try to relate it to the system time, and also it's long
+     * time accuracy is not the best.
+     *
+     * Currently used to measure the runtime of OpenCL shaders and to set a
+     * message creation timestamp to allow filtering of invalid timer messages.
+     *
+     * @return current system ticks in microseconds (1e-6s)
+     */
+    static sal_uInt64 GetMonotonicTicks();
+
+    tools::Time&           operator =( const tools::Time& rTime );
+    Time            operator -() const
+                        { return Time( -nTime ); }
+    tools::Time&           operator +=( const tools::Time& rTime );
+    tools::Time&           operator -=( const tools::Time& rTime );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Time     operator +( const tools::Time& rTime1, const tools::Time& rTime2 );
+    TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC friend Time     operator -( const tools::Time& rTime1, const tools::Time& rTime2 );
+};
+
+} /* namespace tools */
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/toolsdllapi.h b/include/tools/toolsdllapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c13b6f40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/toolsdllapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_TOOLSDLLAPI_H
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_TOOLSDLLAPI_H
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+#if defined(TOOLS_DLLIMPLEMENTATION)
+#define TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC  SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT
+#else
+#define TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC  SAL_DLLPUBLIC_IMPORT
+#endif
+#define TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE SAL_DLLPRIVATE
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/urlobj.hxx b/include/tools/urlobj.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fb5f4e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/urlobj.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1319 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_URLOBJ_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_URLOBJ_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustrbuf.hxx>
+#include <rtl/textenc.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <string_view>
+
+class SvMemoryStream;
+
+namespace com::sun::star::util {
+    class XStringWidth;
+}
+
+namespace com::sun::star::uno { template <typename > class Reference; }
+
+// Common URL prefixes for various schemes:
+#define INET_FTP_SCHEME "ftp://"
+#define INET_HTTP_SCHEME "http://"
+#define INET_HTTPS_SCHEME "https://"
+#define INET_FILE_SCHEME "file://"
+#define INET_MAILTO_SCHEME "mailto:"
+#define INET_HID_SCHEME "hid:"
+
+#define URL_PREFIX_PRIV_SOFFICE "private:"
+
+// Schemes:
+enum class INetProtocol
+{
+    NotValid,
+    Ftp,
+    Http,
+    File,
+    Mailto,
+    VndSunStarWebdav,
+    PrivSoffice,
+    VndSunStarHelp,
+    Https,
+    Slot,
+    Macro,
+    Javascript,
+    Data,
+    Cid,
+    VndSunStarHier,
+    Uno,
+    Component,
+    VndSunStarPkg,
+    Ldap,
+    Db,
+    VndSunStarCmd,
+    Telnet,
+    VndSunStarExpand,
+    VndSunStarTdoc,
+    Generic,
+    Smb,
+    Hid,
+    Sftp,
+    Cmis,
+    LAST = Cmis
+};
+
+/** The supported notations for file system paths.
+ */
+enum class FSysStyle
+{
+    /** VOS notation (e.g., "//server/dir/file").
+     */
+    Vos = 0x1,
+
+    /** Unix notation (e.g., "/dir/file").
+     */
+    Unix = 0x2,
+
+    /** DOS notation (e.g., "a:\dir\file" and "\\server\dir\file").
+     */
+    Dos = 0x4,
+
+    /** Detect the used notation.
+
+        @descr  For the following descriptions, please note that
+        whereas FSYS_DEFAULT includes all style bits, combinations of only
+        a few style bits are also possible, and are also described.
+
+        @descr  When used to translate a file system path to a file URL,
+        the subset of the following productions for which the appropriate
+        style bit is set are checked in order (using the conventions of
+        RFC 2234, RFC 2396, and RFC 2732; UCS4 stands for any UCS4
+        character):
+
+         Production T1 (VOS local; FSysStyle::Vos only):
+            "//." ["/" *UCS4]
+          becomes
+            "file:///" *UCS4
+
+         Production T2 (VOS host; FSysStyle::Vos only):
+            "//" [host] ["/" *UCS4]
+          becomes
+            "file://" host "/" *UCS4
+
+         Production T3 (UNC; FSysStyle::Dos only):
+            "\\" [host] ["\" *UCS4]
+          becomes
+            "file://" host "/" *UCS4
+          replacing "\" by "/" within <*UCS4>
+
+         Production T4 (Unix-like DOS; FSysStyle::Dos only):
+            ALPHA ":" ["/" *UCS4]
+          becomes
+            "file:///" ALPHA ":/" *UCS4
+          replacing "\" by "/" within <*UCS4>
+
+         Production T5 (DOS; FSysStyle::Dos only):
+            ALPHA ":" ["\" *UCS4]
+          becomes
+            "file:///" ALPHA ":/" *UCS4
+          replacing "\" by "/" within <*UCS4>
+
+         Production T6 (any):
+            *UCS4
+          becomes
+            "file:///" *UCS4
+          replacing the delimiter by "/" within <*UCS4>.  The delimiter is
+          that character from the set { "/", "\" } which appears most
+          often in <*UCS4> (if FSysStyle::Unix is not among the style bits, "/"
+          is removed from the set; if FSysStyle::Dos is not among the style
+          bits, "\" is removed from the set).  If two or more
+          characters appear the same number of times, the character
+          mentioned first in that set is chosen.  If the first character
+          of <*UCS4> is the delimiter, that character is not copied.
+
+        @descr  When used to translate a file URL to a file system path,
+        the following productions are checked in order (using the
+        conventions of RFC 2234, RFC 2396, and RFC 2732):
+
+         Production F1 (VOS; FSysStyle::Vos):
+            "file://" host "/" fpath ["#" fragment]
+          becomes
+            "//" host "/" fpath
+
+         Production F2 (DOS; FSysStyle::Dos):
+            "file:///" ALPHA ":" ["/" fpath] ["#" fragment]
+          becomes
+            ALPHA ":" ["\" fpath]
+          replacing "/" by "\" in <fpath>
+
+         Production F3 (Unix; FSysStyle::Unix):
+            "file:///" fpath ["#" fragment]
+          becomes
+            "/" fpath
+     */
+    Detect = Vos | Unix | Dos
+};
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<FSysStyle> : is_typed_flags<FSysStyle, 0x07> {};
+}
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC INetURLObject
+{
+public:
+    // Get- and Set-Methods:
+
+    /** The way input strings that represent (parts of) URIs are interpreted
+        in set-methods.
+
+        @descr  UTF-32 characters in the range 0x80--0x10FFFF are replaced by
+        sequences of escape sequences, representing the UTF-8 coded characters.
+
+        @descr  Along with an EncodeMechanism parameter, the set-methods all
+        take an rtl_TextEncoding parameter, which is ignored unless the
+        EncodeMechanism is EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded.
+     */
+    enum class EncodeMechanism
+    {
+        /** All escape sequences that are already present are ignored, and are
+            interpreted as literal sequences of three characters.
+         */
+        All,
+
+        /** Sequences of escape sequences, that represent characters from the
+            specified character set and that can be converted to UTF-32
+            characters, are first decoded.  If they have to be encoded, they
+            are converted to UTF-8 characters and are than translated into
+            (sequences of) escape sequences. Other escape sequences are
+            copied verbatim (but using upper case hex digits).
+         */
+        WasEncoded,
+
+        /** All escape sequences that are already present are copied verbatim
+            (but using upper case hex digits).
+         */
+        NotCanonical
+    };
+
+    /** The way strings that represent (parts of) URIs are returned from get-
+        methods.
+
+        @descr  Along with a DecodeMechanism parameter, the get-methods all
+        take an rtl_TextEncoding parameter, which is ignored unless the
+        DecodeMechanism is DecodeMechanism::WithCharset or DecodeMechanism::Unambiguous.
+     */
+    enum class DecodeMechanism
+    {
+        /** The (part of the) URI is returned unchanged.  Since URIs are
+            written using a subset of US-ASCII, the returned string is
+            guaranteed to contain only US-ASCII characters.
+         */
+        NONE,
+
+        /** All sequences of escape sequences that represent UTF-8 coded
+            UTF-32 characters with a numerical value greater than 0x7F, are
+            replaced by the respective UTF-16 characters.  All other escape
+            sequences are not decoded.
+         */
+        ToIUri,
+
+        /** All (sequences of) escape sequences that represent characters from
+            the specified character set, and that can be converted to UTF-32,
+            are replaced by the respective UTF-16 characters.  All other
+            escape sequences are not decoded.
+         */
+        WithCharset,
+
+        /** All (sequences of) escape sequences that represent characters from
+            the specified character set, that can be converted to UTF-32, and
+            that (in the case of ASCII characters) can safely be decoded
+            without altering the meaning of the (part of the) URI, are
+            replaced by the respective UTF-16 characters.  All other escape
+            sequences are not decoded.
+         */
+        Unambiguous
+    };
+
+    // General Structure:
+
+    INetURLObject():
+        m_eScheme(INetProtocol::NotValid), m_eSmartScheme(INetProtocol::Http) {}
+
+    bool HasError() const { return m_eScheme == INetProtocol::NotValid; }
+
+    OUString GetMainURL(DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                    = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aAbsURIRef, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    OUString GetURLNoPass(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    OUString GetURLNoMark(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    OUString
+    getAbbreviated(css::uno::Reference< css::util::XStringWidth > const & rStringWidth,
+                   sal_Int32 nWidth,
+                   DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                   rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    bool operator ==(INetURLObject const & rObject) const;
+
+    bool operator !=(INetURLObject const & rObject) const
+    { return !(*this == rObject); }
+
+    // Strict Parsing:
+
+    inline explicit INetURLObject(
+        OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    inline bool SetURL(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                       EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    bool ConcatData(INetProtocol eTheScheme, OUString const & rTheUser,
+                    OUString const & rThePassword,
+                    OUString const & rTheHost, sal_uInt32 nThePort,
+                    OUString const & rThePath);
+
+    // Smart Parsing:
+
+    inline INetURLObject(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                         INetProtocol eTheSmartScheme,
+                         EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                         rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8,
+                         FSysStyle eStyle = FSysStyle::Detect);
+
+    void SetSmartProtocol(INetProtocol eTheSmartScheme)
+    { m_eSmartScheme = eTheSmartScheme; }
+
+    inline bool
+    SetSmartURL(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8,
+                FSysStyle eStyle = FSysStyle::Detect);
+
+    inline INetURLObject
+    smartRel2Abs(OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+                 bool & rWasAbsolute,
+                 bool bIgnoreFragment = false,
+                 EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                 rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8,
+                 bool bRelativeNonURIs = false,
+                 FSysStyle eStyle = FSysStyle::Detect) const;
+
+    // Relative URLs:
+
+    inline bool
+    GetNewAbsURL(OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+                 INetURLObject * pTheAbsURIRef)
+        const;
+
+    /** @descr  If rTheRelURIRef cannot be converted to an absolute URL
+        (because of syntactic reasons), either rTheRelURIRef or an empty
+        string is returned:  If all of the parameters eEncodeMechanism,
+        eDecodeMechanism and eCharset have their respective default values,
+        then rTheRelURIRef is returned unmodified; otherwise, an empty string
+        is returned.
+     */
+    static OUString
+    GetAbsURL(OUString const & rTheBaseURIRef,
+              OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+              EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+              DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+              rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    static inline OUString
+    GetRelURL(OUString const & rTheBaseURIRef,
+              OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+              EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+              DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+              rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8,
+              FSysStyle eStyle = FSysStyle::Detect);
+
+    // External URLs:
+
+    OUString getExternalURL() const;
+
+    static inline bool translateToExternal(OUString const & rTheIntURIRef,
+                                           OUString & rTheExtURIRef,
+                                           DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism
+                                               = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                               = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    static inline bool translateToInternal(OUString const & rTheExtURIRef,
+                                           OUString & rTheIntURIRef,
+                                           DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism
+                                               = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                               = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    // Scheme:
+
+    struct SchemeInfo;
+
+    INetProtocol GetProtocol() const { return m_eScheme; }
+
+    bool isSchemeEqualTo(INetProtocol scheme) const { return scheme == m_eScheme; }
+
+    bool isSchemeEqualTo(std::u16string_view scheme) const;
+
+    /** Check if the scheme is one of the WebDAV scheme
+     *  we know about.
+     *
+     *  @return true is one other scheme either public scheme or private scheme.
+     */
+    bool isAnyKnownWebDAVScheme() const;
+
+    /** Return the URL 'prefix' for a given scheme.
+
+        @param eTheScheme  One of the supported URL schemes.
+
+        @return  The 'prefix' of URLs of the given scheme.
+     */
+    static OUString GetScheme(INetProtocol eTheScheme);
+
+    /** Return the human-readable name for a given scheme.
+
+        @param eTheScheme  One of the supported URL schemes.
+
+        @return  The protocol name of URLs of the given scheme.
+     */
+    static OUString GetSchemeName(INetProtocol eTheScheme);
+
+    static INetProtocol CompareProtocolScheme(OUString const &
+                                                  rTheAbsURIRef);
+
+    // User Info:
+
+    bool HasUserData() const { return m_aUser.isPresent(); }
+
+    OUString GetUser(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                             rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                 = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aUser, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    OUString GetPass(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                             rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                 = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aAuth, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    bool SetUser(OUString const & rTheUser)
+    { return setUser(rTheUser, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8); }
+
+    inline bool SetPass(OUString const & rThePassword);
+
+    inline bool SetUserAndPass(OUString const & rTheUser,
+                               OUString const & rThePassword);
+
+    // Host and Port:
+
+    bool HasPort() const { return m_aPort.isPresent(); }
+
+    OUString GetHost(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                             rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                 = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aHost, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    OUString GetHostPort(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                          rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const;
+
+    sal_uInt32 GetPort() const;
+
+    bool SetHost(OUString const & rTheHost)
+    { return setHost(rTheHost, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8); }
+
+    bool SetPort(sal_uInt32 nThePort);
+
+    // Path:
+
+    bool HasURLPath() const { return !m_aPath.isEmpty(); }
+
+    OUString GetURLPath(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                                rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                    = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aPath, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    bool SetURLPath(OUString const & rThePath,
+                           EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+    { return setPath(rThePath, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    // Hierarchical Path:
+
+    /** A constant to address the last segment in various methods dealing with
+        hierarchical paths.
+
+        @descr  It is often more efficient to address the last segment using
+        this constant, than to determine its ordinal value using
+        getSegmentCount().
+     */
+    enum { LAST_SEGMENT = -1 };
+
+    /** The number of segments in the hierarchical path.
+
+        @descr  Using RFC 2396 and RFC 2234, a hierarchical path is of the
+        form
+
+          hierarchical-path = 1*("/" segment)
+
+          segment = name *(";" param)
+
+          name = [base ["." extension]]
+
+          base = 1*pchar
+
+          extension = *<any pchar except ".">
+
+          param = *pchar
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @return  The number of segments in the hierarchical path.  If the path
+        is not hierarchical, 0 is returned.
+     */
+    sal_Int32 getSegmentCount(bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true) const;
+
+    /** Remove a segment from the hierarchical path.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @return  True if the segment has successfully been removed (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid).  If the path is not hierarchical, or
+        the specified segment does not exist, false is returned.  If false is
+        returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool removeSegment(sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                       bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true);
+
+    /** Insert a new segment into the hierarchical path.
+        A final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param rTheName  The name part of the new segment.  The new segment
+        will contain no parameters.
+
+        @param bAppendFinalSlash  If the new segment is appended at the end of
+        the hierarchical path, this parameter specifies whether to add a final
+        slash after it or not.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment before which
+        to insert the new segment.  LAST_SEGMENT or an nIndex that equals
+        getSegmentCount() inserts the new segment at the end of the
+        hierarchical path.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @return  True if the segment has successfully been inserted (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid).  If the path is not hierarchical, or
+        the specified place to insert the new segment does not exist, false is
+        returned.  If false is returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool insertName(OUString const & rTheName,
+                           bool bAppendFinalSlash = false,
+                           sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                           EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    /** Get the name of a segment of the hierarchical path.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  The name part of the specified segment.  If the path is not
+        hierarchical, or the specified segment does not exits, an empty string
+        is returned.
+     */
+    OUString getName(sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                      bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true,
+                      DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                      rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    /** Set the name of the last segment (preserving any parameters and any query or
+        fragment part).
+
+        @param rTheName  The new name.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  True if the name has successfully been modified (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid).  If the path is not hierarchical, or
+        a last segment does not exist, false is returned.  If false is
+        returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool setName(OUString const& rTheName,
+                 EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                 rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    /** Get the base of the name of a segment.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  The base part of the specified segment.  If the path is
+        not hierarchical, or the specified segment does not exits, an empty
+        string is returned.
+     */
+    OUString getBase(sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                      bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true,
+                      DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                      rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    /** Set the base of the name of a segment (preserving the extension).
+        A final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param rTheBase  The new base.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @return  True if the base has successfully been modified (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid).  If the path is not hierarchical, or
+        the specified segment does not exist, false is returned.  If false is
+        returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool setBase(OUString const & rTheBase,
+                 sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                 EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                 rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    /** Determine whether the name of the last segment has an extension.
+
+        @return  True if the name of the specified segment has an extension.
+        If the path is not hierarchical, or the specified segment does not
+        exist, false is returned.
+     */
+    bool hasExtension() const;
+
+    /** Get the extension of the name of a segment.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  The extension part of the specified segment.  If the path is
+        not hierarchical, or the specified segment does not exits, an empty
+        string is returned.
+     */
+    OUString getExtension(sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                           bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true,
+                           DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    /** Set the extension of the name of a segment (replacing an already
+        existing extension).
+
+        @param rTheExtension  The new extension.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @return  True if the extension has successfully been modified (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid).  If the path is not hierarchical, or
+        the specified segment does not exist, false is returned.  If false is
+        returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool setExtension(OUString const & rTheExtension,
+                      sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                      bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true,
+                      rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    /** Remove the extension of the name of a segment.
+
+        @param nIndex  The non-negative index of the segment, or LAST_SEGMENT
+        if addressing the last segment.
+
+        @param bIgnoreFinalSlash  If true, a final slash at the end of the
+        hierarchical path does not denote an empty segment, but is ignored.
+
+        @return  True if the extension has successfully been removed (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid), or if the name did not have an
+        extension.  If the path is not hierarchical, or the specified segment
+        does not exist, false is returned.  If false is returned, the object
+        is not modified.
+     */
+    bool removeExtension(sal_Int32 nIndex = LAST_SEGMENT,
+                         bool bIgnoreFinalSlash = true);
+
+    /** Determine whether the hierarchical path ends in a final slash.
+
+        @return  True if the hierarchical path ends in a final slash.  If the
+        path is not hierarchical, false is returned.
+     */
+    bool hasFinalSlash() const;
+
+    /** Make the hierarchical path end in a final slash (if it does not
+        already do so).
+
+        @return  True if a final slash has successfully been appended (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid), or if the hierarchical path already
+        ended in a final slash.  If the path is not hierarchical, false is
+        returned.  If false is returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool setFinalSlash();
+
+    /** Remove a final slash from the hierarchical path.
+
+        @return  True if a final slash has successfully been removed (and the
+        resulting URI is still valid), or if the hierarchical path already did
+        not end in a final slash.  If the path is not hierarchical, false is
+        returned.  If false is returned, the object is not modified.
+     */
+    bool removeFinalSlash();
+
+    // Query:
+
+    bool HasParam() const { return m_aQuery.isPresent(); }
+
+    OUString GetParam(rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                  = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aQuery, DecodeMechanism::NONE, eCharset); }
+
+    inline bool SetParam(OUString const & rTheQuery,
+                         EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                         rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    // Fragment:
+
+    bool HasMark() const { return m_aFragment.isPresent(); }
+
+    OUString GetMark(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                             rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                 = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8) const
+    { return decode(m_aFragment, eMechanism, eCharset); }
+
+    inline bool SetMark(OUString const & rTheFragment,
+                        EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    // File URLs:
+
+    /** Return the file system path represented by a file URL (ignoring any
+        fragment part).
+
+        @param eStyle  The notation of the returned file system path.
+
+        @param pDelimiter  Upon successful return, this parameter can return
+        the character that is the 'main' delimiter within the returned file
+        system path (e.g., "/" for Unix, "\" for DOS).  This is
+        especially useful for routines that later try to shorten the returned
+        file system path at a 'good' position, e.g. to fit it into some
+        limited display space.
+
+        @return  The file system path represented by this file URL.  If this
+        file URL does not represent a file system path according to the
+        specified notation, or if this is not a file URL at all, an empty
+        string is returned.
+     */
+    OUString getFSysPath(FSysStyle eStyle, sal_Unicode * pDelimiter = nullptr)
+        const;
+
+    // Data URLs:
+    std::unique_ptr<SvMemoryStream> getData() const;
+
+    // Coding:
+
+    enum Part
+    {
+        PART_USER_PASSWORD          = 0x00001,
+        PART_FPATH                  = 0x00008,
+        PART_AUTHORITY              = 0x00010,
+        PART_REL_SEGMENT_EXTRA      = 0x00020,
+        PART_URIC                   = 0x00040,
+        PART_HTTP_PATH              = 0x00080,
+        PART_MESSAGE_ID_PATH        = 0x00100,
+        PART_MAILTO                 = 0x00200,
+        PART_PATH_BEFORE_QUERY      = 0x00400,
+        PART_PCHAR                  = 0x00800,
+        PART_VISIBLE                = 0x01000,
+        PART_VISIBLE_NONSPECIAL     = 0x02000,
+        PART_UNO_PARAM_VALUE        = 0x04000,
+        PART_UNAMBIGUOUS            = 0x08000,
+        PART_URIC_NO_SLASH          = 0x10000,
+        PART_HTTP_QUERY             = 0x20000, //TODO! unused?
+    };
+
+    enum class EscapeType
+    {
+        NONE,
+        Octet,
+        Utf32
+    };
+
+    /** Encode some text as part of a URI.
+
+        @param rText  Some text (for its interpretation, see the general
+        discussion for set-methods).
+
+        @param ePart  The part says which characters are 'forbidden' and must
+        be encoded (replaced by escape sequences).  Characters outside the US-
+        ASCII range are always 'forbidden.'
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for set-methods.
+
+        @return  The text, encoded according to the given mechanism and
+        charset ('forbidden' characters replaced by escape sequences).
+     */
+    static inline OUString encode(OUString const & rText, Part ePart,
+                                   EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                   rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                       = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    /** Decode some text.
+
+        @param rText  Some (encoded) text.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  The text, decoded according to the given mechanism and
+        charset (escape sequences replaced by 'raw' characters).
+     */
+    static inline OUString decode(OUString const & rText,
+                                   DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                   rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                       = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    static inline OUString decode(OUStringBuffer const & rText,
+                                   DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                   rtl_TextEncoding eCharset
+                                       = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    static void appendUCS4Escape(OUStringBuffer & rTheText, sal_uInt32 nUCS4);
+
+    static void appendUCS4(OUStringBuffer & rTheText, sal_uInt32 nUCS4,
+                           EscapeType eEscapeType, Part ePart,
+                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset, bool bKeepVisibleEscapes);
+
+    static sal_uInt32 getUTF32(sal_Unicode const *& rBegin,
+                               sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+                               EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                               rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                               EscapeType & rEscapeType);
+
+    // Specialized helpers:
+
+    static sal_uInt32 scanDomain(sal_Unicode const *& rBegin,
+                                 sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+                                 bool bEager = true);
+
+    // OBSOLETE Hierarchical Path:
+
+    OUString GetPartBeforeLastName() const;
+
+    /** Get the last segment in the path.
+
+        @param eMechanism  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @param eCharset  See the general discussion for get-methods.
+
+        @return  For a hierarchical URL, the last segment (everything after
+        the last unencoded '/').  Note that this last segment may be empty.  If
+        the URL is not hierarchical, an empty string is returned.
+     */
+    OUString GetLastName(DecodeMechanism eMechanism = DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                          rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+        const;
+
+    /** Get the 'extension' of the last segment in the path.
+
+        @return  For a hierarchical URL, everything after the first unencoded
+        '.' in the last segment of the path.  Note that this 'extension' may
+        be empty.  If the URL is not hierarchical, or if the last segment does
+        not contain an unencoded '.', an empty string is returned.
+     */
+    OUString GetFileExtension() const;
+
+    bool Append(OUString const & rTheSegment,
+                       EncodeMechanism eMechanism = EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+    void CutLastName();
+
+    // OBSOLETE File URLs:
+
+    OUString PathToFileName() const;
+
+    OUString GetFull() const;
+
+    OUString GetPath() const;
+
+    void SetBase(OUString const & rTheBase);
+
+    OUString GetBase() const;
+
+    void SetExtension(OUString const & rTheExtension);
+
+    OUString CutExtension();
+
+    static bool IsCaseSensitive() { return true; }
+
+    void changeScheme(INetProtocol eTargetScheme);
+
+private:
+    // General Structure:
+
+    class SAL_DLLPRIVATE SubString
+    {
+        sal_Int32 m_nBegin;
+        sal_Int32 m_nLength;
+
+    public:
+        explicit SubString(sal_Int32 nTheBegin = -1,
+                                  sal_Int32 nTheLength = 0):
+            m_nBegin(nTheBegin), m_nLength(nTheLength) {}
+
+        bool isPresent() const { return m_nBegin != -1; }
+
+        bool isEmpty() const { return m_nLength == 0; }
+
+        sal_Int32 getBegin() const { return m_nBegin; }
+
+        sal_Int32 getLength() const { return m_nLength; }
+
+        sal_Int32 getEnd() const { return m_nBegin + m_nLength; }
+
+        inline sal_Int32 clear();
+
+        inline sal_Int32 set(OUStringBuffer & rString,
+                             OUString const & rSubString,
+                             sal_Int32 nTheBegin);
+
+        inline sal_Int32 set(OUString & rString,
+                             OUString const & rSubString);
+
+        inline sal_Int32 set(OUStringBuffer & rString,
+                             OUString const & rSubString);
+
+        inline void operator +=(sal_Int32 nDelta);
+
+        int compare(SubString const & rOther,
+            OUStringBuffer const & rThisString,
+            OUStringBuffer const & rOtherString) const;
+    };
+
+    OUStringBuffer m_aAbsURIRef;
+    SubString m_aScheme;
+    SubString m_aUser;
+    SubString m_aAuth;
+    SubString m_aHost;
+    SubString m_aPort;
+    SubString m_aPath;
+    SubString m_aQuery;
+    SubString m_aFragment;
+    INetProtocol m_eScheme;
+    INetProtocol m_eSmartScheme;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE void setInvalid();
+
+    bool setAbsURIRef(
+        OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset, bool bSmart,
+        FSysStyle eStyle);
+
+    // Relative URLs:
+
+    bool convertRelToAbs(
+        OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+        INetURLObject & rTheAbsURIRef, bool & rWasAbsolute,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+        bool bIgnoreFragment, bool bSmart, bool bRelativeNonURIs,
+        FSysStyle eStyle) const;
+
+    bool convertAbsToRel(
+        OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+        OUString & rTheRelURIRef, EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism,
+        DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+        FSysStyle eStyle) const;
+
+    // External URLs:
+
+    static bool convertIntToExt(
+        OUString const & rTheIntURIRef,
+        OUString & rTheExtURIRef, DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    static bool convertExtToInt(
+        OUString const & rTheExtURIRef,
+        OUString & rTheIntURIRef, DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // Scheme:
+
+    struct PrefixInfo;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static inline SchemeInfo const & getSchemeInfo(
+        INetProtocol eTheScheme);
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE inline SchemeInfo const & getSchemeInfo() const;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static PrefixInfo const * getPrefix(
+        sal_Unicode const *& rBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd);
+
+    // Authority:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE sal_Int32 getAuthorityBegin() const;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE SubString getAuthority() const;
+
+    // User Info:
+
+    bool setUser(
+        OUString const & rTheUser,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    bool clearPassword();
+
+    bool setPassword(
+        OUString const & rThePassword,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // Host and Port:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static bool parseHost(
+        sal_Unicode const *& rBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+        OUString & rCanonic);
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static bool parseHostOrNetBiosName(
+        sal_Unicode const * pBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+        bool bNetBiosName, OUStringBuffer* pCanonic);
+
+    bool setHost(
+        OUString const & rTheHost,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // Path:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static bool parsePath(
+        INetProtocol eScheme, sal_Unicode const ** pBegin,
+        sal_Unicode const * pEnd, EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+        rtl_TextEncoding eCharset, bool bSkippedInitialSlash,
+        sal_uInt32 nSegmentDelimiter, sal_uInt32 nAltSegmentDelimiter,
+        sal_uInt32 nQueryDelimiter, sal_uInt32 nFragmentDelimiter,
+        OUStringBuffer &rSynPath);
+
+    bool setPath(
+        OUString const & rThePath,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // Hierarchical Path:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE bool checkHierarchical() const;
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE SubString getSegment(
+        sal_Int32 nIndex, bool bIgnoreFinalSlash) const;
+
+    // Query:
+
+    void clearQuery();
+
+    bool setQuery(
+        OUString const & rTheQuery,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // Fragment:
+
+    bool clearFragment();
+
+    bool setFragment(
+        OUString const & rTheMark,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    // FILE URLs:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE bool hasDosVolume(FSysStyle eStyle) const;
+
+    // Coding:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static inline void appendEscape(
+        OUStringBuffer & rTheText, sal_uInt32 nOctet);
+
+    static OUString encodeText(
+        sal_Unicode const * pBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+        Part ePart, EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+        bool bKeepVisibleEscapes);
+
+    static inline OUString encodeText(
+        OUString const & rTheText, Part ePart,
+        EncodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+        bool bKeepVisibleEscapes);
+
+    static OUString decode(
+        sal_Unicode const * pBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd,
+        DecodeMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset);
+
+    inline OUString decode(
+        SubString const & rSubString,
+        DecodeMechanism eMechanism, rtl_TextEncoding eCharset) const;
+
+    // Specialized helpers:
+
+    TOOLS_DLLPRIVATE static bool scanIPv6reference(
+        sal_Unicode const *& rBegin, sal_Unicode const * pEnd);
+};
+
+// static
+inline OUString INetURLObject::encodeText(OUString const & rTheText,
+                                           Part ePart,
+                                           EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                           rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                                           bool bKeepVisibleEscapes)
+{
+    return encodeText(rTheText.getStr(),
+                      rTheText.getStr() + rTheText.getLength(), ePart,
+                      eMechanism, eCharset, bKeepVisibleEscapes);
+}
+
+inline OUString INetURLObject::decode(SubString const & rSubString,
+                                       DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset) const
+{
+    return rSubString.isPresent() ?
+               decode(m_aAbsURIRef.getStr() + rSubString.getBegin(),
+                      m_aAbsURIRef.getStr() + rSubString.getEnd(),
+                      eMechanism, eCharset) :
+               OUString();
+}
+
+inline INetURLObject::INetURLObject(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                                    EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                    rtl_TextEncoding eCharset):
+    m_eScheme(INetProtocol::NotValid), m_eSmartScheme(INetProtocol::Http)
+{
+    setAbsURIRef(rTheAbsURIRef, eMechanism, eCharset, false,
+                 FSysStyle(0));
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetURL(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                                  EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                  rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return setAbsURIRef(rTheAbsURIRef, eMechanism, eCharset, false,
+                        FSysStyle(0));
+}
+
+inline INetURLObject::INetURLObject(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                                    INetProtocol eTheSmartScheme,
+                                    EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                    rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                                    FSysStyle eStyle):
+    m_eScheme(INetProtocol::NotValid), m_eSmartScheme(eTheSmartScheme)
+{
+    setAbsURIRef(rTheAbsURIRef, eMechanism, eCharset, true, eStyle);
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetSmartURL(OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                                       EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                                       FSysStyle eStyle)
+{
+    return setAbsURIRef(rTheAbsURIRef, eMechanism, eCharset, true,
+                        eStyle);
+}
+
+inline INetURLObject
+INetURLObject::smartRel2Abs(OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+                            bool & rWasAbsolute,
+                            bool bIgnoreFragment,
+                            EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                            rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                            bool bRelativeNonURIs,
+                            FSysStyle eStyle) const
+{
+    INetURLObject aTheAbsURIRef;
+    convertRelToAbs(rTheRelURIRef, aTheAbsURIRef, rWasAbsolute,
+                    eMechanism, eCharset, bIgnoreFragment, true,
+                    bRelativeNonURIs, eStyle);
+    return aTheAbsURIRef;
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::GetNewAbsURL(OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+                                        INetURLObject * pTheAbsURIRef)
+    const
+{
+    INetURLObject aTheAbsURIRef;
+    bool bWasAbsolute;
+    if (!convertRelToAbs(rTheRelURIRef, aTheAbsURIRef, bWasAbsolute,
+                         EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8, false/*bIgnoreFragment*/, false, false,
+                         FSysStyle::Detect))
+        return false;
+    if (pTheAbsURIRef)
+        *pTheAbsURIRef = aTheAbsURIRef;
+    return true;
+}
+
+// static
+inline OUString INetURLObject::GetRelURL(OUString const & rTheBaseURIRef,
+                                          OUString const & rTheAbsURIRef,
+                                          EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism,
+                                          DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism,
+                                          rtl_TextEncoding eCharset,
+                                          FSysStyle eStyle)
+{
+    OUString aTheRelURIRef;
+    INetURLObject(rTheBaseURIRef, eEncodeMechanism, eCharset).
+        convertAbsToRel(rTheAbsURIRef, aTheRelURIRef, eEncodeMechanism,
+                        eDecodeMechanism, eCharset, eStyle);
+    return aTheRelURIRef;
+}
+
+// static
+inline bool INetURLObject::translateToExternal(OUString const &
+                                                   rTheIntURIRef,
+                                               OUString & rTheExtURIRef,
+                                               DecodeMechanism
+                                                   eDecodeMechanism,
+                                               rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return convertIntToExt(rTheIntURIRef, rTheExtURIRef,
+                           eDecodeMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+// static
+inline bool INetURLObject::translateToInternal(OUString const &
+                                                   rTheExtURIRef,
+                                               OUString & rTheIntURIRef,
+                                               DecodeMechanism
+                                                   eDecodeMechanism,
+                                               rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return convertExtToInt(rTheExtURIRef, rTheIntURIRef,
+                           eDecodeMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetPass(OUString const & rThePassword)
+{
+    return rThePassword.isEmpty() ?
+               clearPassword() :
+               setPassword(rThePassword, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetUserAndPass(OUString const & rTheUser,
+                                          OUString const & rThePassword)
+{
+    return setUser(rTheUser, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8)
+           && (rThePassword.isEmpty() ?
+                   clearPassword() :
+                   setPassword(rThePassword, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8));
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetParam(OUString const & rTheQuery,
+                                    EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                    rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    if (rTheQuery.isEmpty())
+    {
+        clearQuery();
+        return false;
+    }
+    return setQuery(rTheQuery, eMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+inline bool INetURLObject::SetMark(OUString const & rTheFragment,
+                                   EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                   rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return rTheFragment.isEmpty() ?
+               clearFragment() :
+               setFragment(rTheFragment, eMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+// static
+inline OUString INetURLObject::encode(OUString const & rText, Part ePart,
+                                       EncodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return encodeText(rText, ePart, eMechanism, eCharset, false);
+}
+
+// static
+inline OUString INetURLObject::decode(OUString const & rText,
+                                       DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return decode(rText.getStr(), rText.getStr() + rText.getLength(),
+                  eMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+inline OUString INetURLObject::decode(OUStringBuffer const & rText,
+                                       DecodeMechanism eMechanism,
+                                       rtl_TextEncoding eCharset)
+{
+    return decode(rText.getStr(), rText.getStr() + rText.getLength(),
+                  eMechanism, eCharset);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/vcompat.hxx b/include/tools/vcompat.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edf61c7dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/vcompat.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_VCOMPAT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_VCOMPAT_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <config_options.h>
+
+inline sal_uInt32 COMPAT_FORMAT( char char1, char char2, char char3, char char4 )
+{
+    return
+        static_cast<sal_uInt32>(char1) |
+        (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(char2) <<  8) |
+        (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(char3) << 16) |
+        (static_cast<sal_uInt32>(char4) << 24);
+};
+
+class SvStream;
+enum class StreamMode;
+
+class UNLESS_MERGELIBS(TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC) VersionCompat
+{
+    SvStream*       mpRWStm;
+    sal_uInt32      mnCompatPos;
+    sal_uInt32      mnTotalSize;
+    StreamMode      mnStmMode;
+    sal_uInt16      mnVersion;
+
+                    VersionCompat( const VersionCompat& ) = delete;
+    VersionCompat&  operator=( const VersionCompat& ) { return *this; }
+
+public:
+                    VersionCompat( SvStream& rStm, StreamMode nStreamMode, sal_uInt16 nVersion = 1 );
+                    ~VersionCompat();
+
+    sal_uInt16      GetVersion() const { return mnVersion; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/weakbase.h b/include/tools/weakbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f9a500bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/weakbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_WEAKBASE_H
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_WEAKBASE_H
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+/** the template classes in this header are helper to implement weak references
+    to implementation objects that are not refcounted.
+
+    THIS IS NOT THREADSAFE
+
+    Use this only to have 'safe' pointers to implementation objects that you
+    don't own but that you reference with a pointer.
+
+    Example:
+
+    class ImplClass : public tools::WeakBase< ImplClass >
+    {
+        ~ImplClass() { clearWeek(); } // not needed but safer, see method description
+        ...
+    };
+
+    class UserClass
+    {
+        tools::WeakReference< ImplClass > mxWeakRef;
+
+        UserClass( ImplClass* pOjbect ) : mxWeakRef( pObject ) {}
+
+        DoSomething()
+        {
+            if( mxWeakRef.is() )
+                mxWeakRef->DoSomethingMore();
+        }
+    };
+*/
+namespace tools
+{
+class WeakBase;
+
+/** private connection helper, do not use directly */
+struct WeakConnection
+{
+    sal_Int32   mnRefCount;
+    WeakBase*   mpReference;
+
+    WeakConnection() : mnRefCount( 0 ), mpReference( nullptr ) {};
+    WeakConnection( WeakBase* pReference ) : mnRefCount( 0 ), mpReference( pReference ) {};
+    void acquire() { mnRefCount++; }
+    void release() { mnRefCount--; if( mnRefCount == 0 ) delete this; }
+};
+
+/** template implementation to hold a weak reference to an instance of type reference_type */
+template <class reference_type>
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED WeakReference
+{
+public:
+    /** constructs an empty reference */
+    inline WeakReference();
+
+    /** constructs a reference with a pointer to a class derived from WeakBase */
+    inline WeakReference( reference_type* pReference );
+
+    /** constructs a reference from another reference */
+    inline WeakReference( const WeakReference< reference_type >& rWeakRef );
+
+    /** constructs a reference from another reference */
+    inline WeakReference( WeakReference< reference_type >&& rWeakRef );
+
+    /** returns true if the reference object is not null and still alive */
+    inline bool is() const;
+
+    /** returns true if the reference object is not null and still alive */
+    operator bool() const { return is(); }
+
+    /** returns the pointer to the reference object or null */
+    inline reference_type * get() const;
+
+    /** sets this reference to the given object or null */
+    inline void reset( reference_type* pReference );
+
+    /** returns the pointer to the reference object or null */
+    inline reference_type * operator->() const;
+
+    /** returns a ref to the reference object */
+    inline reference_type& operator*() const;
+
+    /** returns true if this instance references pReferenceObject */
+    inline bool operator== (const reference_type * pReferenceObject) const;
+
+    /** returns true if this instance and the given weakref reference the same object */
+    inline bool operator== (const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const;
+
+    /** only needed for using this class with stl containers */
+    inline bool operator!= (const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const;
+
+    /** only needed for using this class with stl containers */
+    inline bool operator< (const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const;
+
+    /** only needed for using this class with stl containers */
+    inline bool operator> (const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const;
+
+    /** the assignment operator */
+    inline WeakReference<reference_type>& operator= (const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle);
+
+    /** the move assignment operator */
+    inline WeakReference<reference_type>& operator= (WeakReference<reference_type> && handle);
+
+private:
+    rtl::Reference<WeakConnection> mpWeakConnection;
+};
+
+/** derive your implementation classes from this class if you want them to support weak references */
+class TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC WeakBase
+{
+    template<typename T> friend class WeakReference;
+
+public:
+    WeakBase() {}
+    virtual ~WeakBase();
+    /** clears the reference pointer in all living weak references for this instance.
+        Further created weak references will also be invalid.
+        You should call this method in the d'tor of your derived classes for an early
+        invalidate of all living weak references while your object is already inside
+        it d'tor.
+    */
+    inline void clearWeak();
+
+private:
+    inline WeakConnection* getWeakConnection();
+    rtl::Reference<WeakConnection> mpWeakConnection;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/weakbase.hxx b/include/tools/weakbase.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c1645e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/weakbase.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_WEAKBASE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_WEAKBASE_HXX
+
+#include <tools/weakbase.h>
+
+/// see weakbase.h for documentation
+
+namespace tools
+{
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference< reference_type >::WeakReference()
+{
+    mpWeakConnection = new WeakConnection;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference< reference_type >::WeakReference( reference_type* pReference )
+{
+    reset( pReference );
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference< reference_type >::WeakReference( const WeakReference< reference_type >& rWeakRef )
+{
+    mpWeakConnection = rWeakRef.mpWeakConnection;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference< reference_type >::WeakReference( WeakReference< reference_type >&& rWeakRef )
+{
+    mpWeakConnection = std::move(rWeakRef.mpWeakConnection);
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::is() const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection->mpReference != nullptr;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline reference_type * WeakReference< reference_type >::get() const
+{
+    auto pWeakBase = mpWeakConnection->mpReference;
+    if (!pWeakBase)
+        return nullptr;
+    assert(dynamic_cast<reference_type *>(pWeakBase));
+    return static_cast<reference_type *>(pWeakBase);
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline void WeakReference< reference_type >::reset( reference_type* pReference )
+{
+    if( pReference )
+        mpWeakConnection = pReference->getWeakConnection();
+    else
+        mpWeakConnection = new WeakConnection;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline reference_type * WeakReference< reference_type >::operator->() const
+{
+    return get();
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline reference_type& WeakReference< reference_type >::operator*() const
+{
+    return *get();
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::operator==(const reference_type * pReferenceObject) const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection->mpReference == pReferenceObject;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::operator==(const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection == handle.mpWeakConnection;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::operator!=(const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection != handle.mpWeakConnection;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::operator<(const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection->mpReference < handle.mpWeakConnection->mpReference;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline bool WeakReference< reference_type >::operator>(const WeakReference<reference_type> & handle) const
+{
+    return mpWeakConnection->mpReference > handle.mpWeakConnection->mpReference;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference<reference_type>& WeakReference<reference_type>::operator= (
+    const WeakReference<reference_type>& rReference)
+{
+    if (&rReference != this)
+        mpWeakConnection = rReference.mpWeakConnection;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+template< class reference_type >
+inline WeakReference<reference_type>& WeakReference<reference_type>::operator= (
+    WeakReference<reference_type>&& rReference)
+{
+    mpWeakConnection = std::move(rReference.mpWeakConnection);
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline void WeakBase::clearWeak()
+{
+    if( mpWeakConnection.is() )
+        mpWeakConnection->mpReference = nullptr;
+}
+
+inline WeakConnection* WeakBase::getWeakConnection()
+{
+    if( !mpWeakConnection.is() )
+        mpWeakConnection = new WeakConnection( this );
+    return mpWeakConnection.get();
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/wintypes.hxx b/include/tools/wintypes.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58050521c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/wintypes.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_WINTYPES_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_WINTYPES_HXX
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+// Window-Types
+
+enum class WindowType : sal_uInt16
+{
+    NONE                 = 0,
+    FIRST                = 0x0130, // 304
+    MESSBOX              = FIRST, // 0
+    INFOBOX              ,
+    WARNINGBOX           ,
+    ERRORBOX             ,
+    QUERYBOX             ,
+    WINDOW               ,
+    WORKWINDOW           ,
+    CONTAINER            ,
+    FLOATINGWINDOW       ,
+    DIALOG               ,
+    MODELESSDIALOG       , // 10 (314)
+    MODALDIALOG          ,
+    CONTROL              ,
+    PUSHBUTTON           ,
+    OKBUTTON             ,
+    CANCELBUTTON         ,
+    HELPBUTTON           ,
+    IMAGEBUTTON          ,
+    MENUBUTTON           ,
+    MOREBUTTON           ,
+    SPINBUTTON           , // 20 (324)
+    RADIOBUTTON          ,
+    CHECKBOX             ,
+    TRISTATEBOX          ,
+    EDIT                 ,
+    MULTILINEEDIT        ,
+    COMBOBOX             ,
+    LISTBOX              ,
+    MULTILISTBOX         ,
+    FIXEDTEXT            ,
+    FIXEDLINE            , // 30 (334)
+    FIXEDBITMAP          ,
+    FIXEDIMAGE           ,
+    GROUPBOX             ,
+    SCROLLBAR            ,
+    SCROLLBARBOX         ,
+    SPLITTER             ,
+    SPLITWINDOW          ,
+    SPINFIELD            ,
+    PATTERNFIELD         ,
+    NUMERICFIELD         , // 40 (344)
+    METRICFIELD          ,
+    FORMATTEDFIELD       ,
+    CURRENCYFIELD        ,
+    DATEFIELD            ,
+    TIMEFIELD            ,
+    PATTERNBOX           ,
+    NUMERICBOX           ,
+    METRICBOX            ,
+    CURRENCYBOX          ,
+    DATEBOX              ,
+    TIMEBOX              , // 50 (354)
+    LONGCURRENCYFIELD    ,
+    LONGCURRENCYBOX      ,
+    SCROLLWINDOW         ,
+    TOOLBOX              ,
+    DOCKINGWINDOW        ,
+    STATUSBAR            ,
+    TABPAGE              ,
+    TABCONTROL           ,
+    TABDIALOG            ,
+    BORDERWINDOW         , // 60 (364)
+    BUTTONDIALOG         ,
+    SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW    ,
+    SLIDER               ,
+    MENUBARWINDOW        ,
+    TREELISTBOX          ,
+    HELPTEXTWINDOW       ,
+    INTROWINDOW          ,
+    LISTBOXWINDOW        ,
+    DOCKINGAREA          ,
+    RULER                , // 70 (374)
+    CALCINPUTLINE        ,
+    HEADERBAR            ,
+    VERTICALTABCONTROL   ,
+    LAST                 = VERTICALTABCONTROL,
+    // only used in vclxtoolkit.cxx
+    TOOLKIT_FRAMEWINDOW        = 0x1000,
+    TOOLKIT_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW  = 0x1001,
+};
+
+// Window-Bits
+
+typedef sal_Int64 WinBits;
+
+// Window-Bits for Window
+WinBits const WB_CLIPCHILDREN =         0x00000001;
+WinBits const WB_DIALOGCONTROL =        0x00000002;
+WinBits const WB_NODIALOGCONTROL =      0x00000004;
+WinBits const WB_BORDER =               0x00000008;
+WinBits const WB_NOBORDER =             0x00000010;
+WinBits const WB_SIZEABLE =             0x00000020;
+WinBits const WB_3DLOOK =               0x00000040;
+WinBits const WB_ALLOWMENUBAR =         0x00000080;
+
+// Window-Bits for SystemWindows
+WinBits const WB_MOVEABLE =             0x00000100;
+WinBits const WB_ROLLABLE =             0x00000200;
+WinBits const WB_CLOSEABLE =            0x00000400;
+WinBits const WB_STANDALONE =           0x00000800;
+WinBits const WB_APP =                  0x00001000;
+WinBits const WB_SYSTEMWINDOW =         SAL_CONST_INT64(0x40000000);
+// warning: do not confuse WB_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW with the SystemChildWindow class
+//
+// the SystemChildWindow class was there first and is a very specialized
+// system child window type for plugged applications. The SystemChildWindow class
+// explicitly should never use the WB_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW WinBit
+//
+// WB_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW on the other hand is to be used on system windows
+// which should be created as system child windows with (more or less)
+// normal event handling
+WinBits const WB_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW =    SAL_CONST_INT64(0x8000000000);
+WinBits const WB_SIZEMOVE =             (WB_SIZEABLE | WB_MOVEABLE);
+
+// Standard-Window-Bits for ChildWindows
+WinBits const WB_TABSTOP =              0x00000100;
+WinBits const WB_NOTABSTOP =            0x00000200;
+WinBits const WB_GROUP =                0x00000400;
+WinBits const WB_NOGROUP =              0x00000800;
+WinBits const WB_HORZ =                 0x00001000;
+WinBits const WB_VERT =                 0x00002000;
+WinBits const WB_LEFT =                 0x00004000;
+WinBits const WB_CENTER =               0x00008000;
+WinBits const WB_RIGHT =                0x00010000;
+WinBits const WB_TOP =                  0x00020000;
+WinBits const WB_VCENTER =              0x00040000;
+WinBits const WB_BOTTOM =               0x00080000;
+WinBits const WB_DRAG =                 0x00100000;
+WinBits const WB_SPIN =                 0x00200000;
+WinBits const WB_REPEAT =               0x00400000;
+WinBits const WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS =       0x00800000;
+WinBits const WB_WORDBREAK =            0x01000000;
+WinBits const WB_NOLABEL =              0x02000000;
+WinBits const WB_SORT =                 0x04000000;
+WinBits const WB_DROPDOWN =             0x08000000;
+WinBits const WB_HIDE =                 SAL_CONST_INT64(0x80000000);
+WinBits const WB_AUTOHSCROLL =          SAL_CONST_INT64(0x10000000);
+WinBits const WB_DOCKABLE =             SAL_CONST_INT64(0x20000000);
+WinBits const WB_AUTOVSCROLL =          SAL_CONST_INT64(0x40000000);
+WinBits const WB_HYPHENATION =          SAL_CONST_INT64(0x800000000) | WB_WORDBREAK;
+// #i93011# style bit for some child windows, that want their children checked for accelerators
+WinBits const WB_CHILDDLGCTRL =         SAL_CONST_INT64(0x100000000000);
+
+// system floating window
+WinBits const WB_SYSTEMFLOATWIN =       SAL_CONST_INT64(0x100000000);
+WinBits const WB_INTROWIN =             SAL_CONST_INT64(0x200000000);
+WinBits const WB_NOSHADOW =             SAL_CONST_INT64(0x400000000);
+WinBits const WB_TOOLTIPWIN =           SAL_CONST_INT64(0x800000000);
+WinBits const WB_OWNERDRAWDECORATION =  SAL_CONST_INT64(0x2000000000);
+WinBits const WB_DEFAULTWIN =           SAL_CONST_INT64(0x4000000000);
+WinBits const WB_POPUP =                SAL_CONST_INT64(0x20000000);
+
+WinBits const WB_HSCROLL =              WB_HORZ;
+WinBits const WB_VSCROLL =              WB_VERT;
+
+// Window-Bits for PushButtons
+WinBits const WB_DEFBUTTON =            0x10000000;
+WinBits const WB_NOLIGHTBORDER =        0x20000000;
+WinBits const WB_RECTSTYLE =            0x08000000;
+WinBits const WB_SMALLSTYLE =           0x04000000;
+WinBits const WB_TOGGLE =               SAL_CONST_INT64(0x1000000000);
+WinBits const WB_BEVELBUTTON =          SAL_CONST_INT64(0x2000000000);
+WinBits const WB_FLATBUTTON =           SAL_CONST_INT64(0x4000000000);
+
+// Window-Bits for FixedText
+WinBits const WB_PATHELLIPSIS =         0x00100000;
+WinBits const WB_EXTRAOFFSET =          0x02000000;
+WinBits const WB_NOMULTILINE =          0x10000000;
+
+// Window-Bits for Edit
+WinBits const WB_READONLY =             0x02000000;
+WinBits const WB_NOHIDESELECTION =      SAL_CONST_INT64(0x1000000000);
+
+// Window-Bits for MultiLineEdit
+WinBits const WB_IGNORETAB =            0x20000000;
+
+// Window-Bits for ListBox and MultiListBox
+WinBits const WB_SIMPLEMODE =           0x20000000;
+
+// Window-Bits for FixedBitmap
+WinBits const WB_SCALE =                0x08000000;
+
+// Window-Bits for ToolBox
+WinBits const WB_SCROLL =               0x02000000;
+
+// Window-Bits for SplitWindow
+WinBits const WB_NOSPLITDRAW =          0x01000000;
+
+// Standard-WinBits
+WinBits const WB_STDWORK =              WB_SIZEMOVE | WB_CLOSEABLE;
+WinBits const WB_STDDOCKWIN =           WB_DOCKABLE | WB_MOVEABLE | WB_CLOSEABLE;
+WinBits const WB_STDFLOATWIN =          WB_SIZEMOVE | WB_CLOSEABLE | WB_ROLLABLE;
+WinBits const WB_STDDIALOG =            WB_MOVEABLE | WB_CLOSEABLE;
+WinBits const WB_STDMODELESS =          WB_STDDIALOG;
+WinBits const WB_STDMODAL =             WB_STDDIALOG;
+WinBits const WB_STDTABCONTROL =        0;
+WinBits const WB_STDPOPUP =             WB_BORDER | WB_POPUP | WB_SYSTEMWINDOW | WB_3DLOOK | WB_DIALOGCONTROL;
+
+// For TreeListBox
+WinBits const WB_HASBUTTONS =           SAL_CONST_INT64(0x000100000000);
+WinBits const WB_HASLINES =             SAL_CONST_INT64(0x000200000000);
+WinBits const WB_HASLINESATROOT =       SAL_CONST_INT64(0x000400000000);
+WinBits const WB_HASBUTTONSATROOT =     SAL_CONST_INT64(0x000800000000);
+WinBits const WB_NOINITIALSELECTION =   SAL_CONST_INT64(0x001000000000);
+WinBits const WB_HIDESELECTION =        SAL_CONST_INT64(0x002000000000);
+// DO NOT USE: 0x008000000000, that's WB_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW
+
+
+enum class WindowAlign { Left, Top, Right, Bottom };
+
+enum class ImageAlign { Left, Top, Right, Bottom,
+                  LeftTop, LeftBottom, TopLeft,
+                  TopRight, RightTop, RightBottom,
+                  BottomLeft, BottomRight, Center };
+
+enum class SymbolAlign { LEFT, RIGHT };
+
+// ButtonDialog-Types
+
+enum class StandardButtonType
+{
+    OK           = 0,
+    Cancel       = 1,
+    Yes          = 2,
+    No           = 3,
+    Retry        = 4,
+    Help         = 5,
+    Close        = 6,
+    More         = 7,
+    Ignore       = 8,
+    Abort        = 9,
+    Less         = 10,
+    Back         = 11,
+    Next         = 12,
+    Finish       = 13,
+    Count        = 14,
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/wldcrd.hxx b/include/tools/wldcrd.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5fc3d87e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/wldcrd.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_WLDCRD_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_WLDCRD_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+#include <osl/thread.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC WildCard
+{
+private:
+    OString aWildString;
+    char cSepSymbol;
+
+    static bool ImpMatch( const char *pWild, const char *pStr );
+
+public:
+    WildCard()
+        : aWildString('*')
+        , cSepSymbol('\0')
+    {
+    }
+
+    WildCard(const OUString& rWildCard, const char cSeparator = '\0')
+        : aWildString(OUStringToOString(rWildCard, osl_getThreadTextEncoding()))
+        , cSepSymbol(cSeparator)
+    {
+    }
+
+    OUString getGlob() const
+    {
+        return OStringToOUString(aWildString, osl_getThreadTextEncoding());
+    }
+
+    void setGlob(const OUString& rString)
+    {
+        aWildString = OUStringToOString(rString, osl_getThreadTextEncoding());
+    }
+
+    bool Matches( const OUString& rStr ) const;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/tools/zcodec.hxx b/include/tools/zcodec.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23922e197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/tools/zcodec.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_TOOLS_ZCODEC_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_TOOLS_ZCODEC_HXX
+
+#include <tools/toolsdllapi.h>
+
+#define ZCODEC_NO_COMPRESSION       0
+#define ZCODEC_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION  6
+
+class SvStream;
+
+// The overall client call protocol is one of:
+// * BeginCompression, Compress, EndCompression
+// * BeginCompression, Decompress, EndCompression
+// * BeginCompression, Write*, EndCompression
+// * BeginCompression, Read*, EndCompression
+// * BeginCompression, ReadAsynchron*, EndCompression
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED TOOLS_DLLPUBLIC ZCodec
+{
+    enum State { STATE_INIT, STATE_DECOMPRESS, STATE_COMPRESS };
+    State           meState;
+    bool            mbStatus;
+    bool            mbFinish;
+    sal_uInt8*      mpInBuf;
+    size_t          mnInBufSize;
+    size_t          mnInToRead;
+    SvStream*       mpOStm;
+    sal_uInt8*      mpOutBuf;
+    size_t          mnOutBufSize;
+
+    int             mnCompressLevel;
+    bool            mbGzLib;
+    void*           mpsC_Stream;
+
+    void            InitCompress();
+    void            InitDecompress(SvStream & inStream);
+    void            ImplWriteBack();
+
+public:
+                    ZCodec( size_t nInBufSize = 32768, size_t nOutBufSize = 32768 );
+                    ~ZCodec();
+
+    void            BeginCompression( int nCompressLevel = ZCODEC_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, bool gzLib = false );
+    long            EndCompression();
+
+    void            Compress( SvStream& rIStm, SvStream& rOStm );
+    long            Decompress( SvStream& rIStm, SvStream& rOStm );
+    bool            AttemptDecompression( SvStream& rIStm, SvStream& rOStm );
+
+    void            Write( SvStream& rOStm, const sal_uInt8* pData, sal_uInt32 nSize );
+    long            Read( SvStream& rIStm, sal_uInt8* pData, sal_uInt32 nSize );
+    long            ReadAsynchron( SvStream& rIStm, sal_uInt8* pData, sal_uInt32 nSize );
+
+    void            SetBreak( size_t );
+    size_t          GetBreak() const;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */